Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / Intricon Corp

Intricon Corp

iin · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker iin
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Intricon Corp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUA L R EPORT  201 4
PROXY  STATEMENT  201 5

ABOUT IntriCon

IntriCon  designs,  develops  and  manufactures  body-worn  devices.  These 

advanced  products  help  medical,  healthcare  and  professional  audio 

communications companies meet the rising demand for smaller, more intelligent 

and better connected devices.

As  part  of  an  industry-wide  effort  to  reduce  the  cost  of  healthcare,  our 

body-worn medical devices help shift the point of care from more expensive 

settings, like hospitals and clinics, to less expensive ones, such as the home. 

We accomplish this by putting more intelligence into our devices, connecting 

patients  and  caregivers  in  non-traditional  ways.    This  shift  is  enabled  by 

advanced technologies, such as our ultra-low-power (ULP) wireless and digital 

signal processing (DSP), allowing intervention to be administered by boarder 

range of professionals and technicians.

Today we are focused on two significant healthcare opportunities: the value 

hearing  health  market—where  we  will  work  to  bring  additional  low-cost  and 

effective  devices  to  consumers;  and,  the  medical  biotelemetry  market—

connecting people with caregivers through technology.

IntriCon  is  headquartered  in  Arden  Hills,  Minn.,  a  suburb  of  Minneapolis/St. 

Paul,  and  employs  more  than  550  people  at  facilities  in  the  United  States, 

Europe  and  Asia.  IntriCon  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  NASDAQ  Global 

Market under the symbol “IIN.”

To Our Shareholders: 

I am pleased to report that fiscal 2014 was  a record year for IntriCon. We delivered our strongest year 
from a net sales, gross margin and profitability perspective since the Selas restructuring nearly a decade 
ago. Furthermore, our competitive position, technology portfolio, global operations and balance sheet are 
all stronger today than a year ago.  

For  2014,  IntriCon  reported  net  sales  of  $68.3  million  and  a  net  income  of  $2.2  million,  or  $0.37  per 
diluted share. This compares to 2013 annual net sales of $53.0 million and a net loss of $(6.2) million, or 
$(1.08) per diluted share. Net income from continuing operations for 2014 was $2.5 million, or $0.42 per 
diluted  share,  with  a  discontinued  operations  net  loss  of  $(270,000),  or  $(0.04)  per  diluted  share.  The 
2013 annual results included a loss from continuing operations of $(2.3) million, or $(0.40) per diluted 
share, and a discontinued operations net loss of $(3.9) million, or $(0.68) per diluted share. 

Key Highlights 

As  a  company  we  achieved  a  number  of  milestones  that  position us  for  a  successful  2015  and  beyond. 
During the year we: 

•  Grew  revenue  29  percent  with  all  markets  posting  double-digit  gains,  gross  margins  increased 

400 basis points from prior year and EPS was the strongest in over a decade; 

•  Reduced bank debt by $2.0 million from 2013;  
•  Successfully completed our global restructuring program with the sale of Tibbetts which allowed 
us  to  consolidate  operations,  right  size  our  global  manufacturing  footprint,  lower  costs  and 
provide greater focus on our strategic plan; 

•  Secured CE Mark approval giving us the opportunity to directly pursue significant value hearing 

health business throughout Europe; and, 

•  Furthered our foothold in the value hearing health space through our distribution agreement with 
the United Kingdom’s PC Werth Ltd which allows IntriCon to be a main supplier to the National 
Health Service (NHS) Supply Chain’s National Framework 

Growth Opportunities: Value Hearing Health and Medical Biotelemetry 

As a percentage of 2014 sales, healthcare-related revenue (hearing health and medical combined) totaled 
85 percent of our business, and we are committed to growth. The next phase of our long-term strategy is 
to  leverage  IntriCon’s  technology,  product  platforms  and  manufacturing  capabilities  into  two  large 
healthcare opportunities: the value hearing health (VHH) market—where we will work to bring additional 
low-cost  and  effective  devices  to  consumers;  and,  the  biotelemetry  market—connecting  people  with 
caregivers through technology.  

The  VHH  market  is  attractive  due  to  several  key  factors,  and  we  believe  it  offers  significant  growth 
potential for IntriCon. Driving this opportunity are:  

•  An  aging  population  in  a  market  with  low  penetration  rate—primarily  due  to  the  high  costs  of 

hearing devices; 
Inconveniences and inefficiencies in the conventional hearing health distribution channel;  

• 
•  Retail consolidation;  
•  Market  share  growth  from  big  box  retailer,  such  as  Costco  and  the  entrance  of  U.S.  insurance 

providers such as hi HealthInnovations (a UnitedHealth Group company); and  

•  The emergence of key core technologies, which enable lower-cost and highly effective devices. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
These  factors  have  created  the  opportunity  for  alternative  care  models,  such  as  the  value  hearing  aid 
(VHA)  channel  and  personal  sound  amplifier  product  (PSAP)  channel.  The  VHA  channel  is  outcome 
based  and  requires  the  best  value-added  device  and  software  technology,  to  provide  the  most  efficient, 
lowest  cost  solution  to  the  consumer.  We  have positioned  ourselves  as  a  leader  in  the  VHA  and  PSAP 
channels through significant, on-going investments in sales, marketing and research and development.  

We are in the fourth year of our partnership with hi HealthInnovations and they continue to expand their 
program offering, which now includes all health insurers, including employer-sponsored, individual and 
Medicare plans.  In the fourth quarter, we announced our exclusive distribution agreement with PC Werth 
in the United Kingdom. PC Werth, through its partnership with IntriCon, has been appointed one of the 
main  suppliers  to  the  National  Health  Service  (NHS)  Supply  Chain’s  National  Framework.  The  NHS, 
which  offers  free  hearing  health  care  to  UK  citizens,  is  the  world’s  largest  purchaser  of  hearing  aids, 
supplying an estimated 1.2 million devices annually. We believe both these large insurance models offer 
sizable potential. 

Over the past few years the PSAP channel, which includes ear worn devices that provide cost effective 
sound  amplification,  has  begun  to  emerge.  These  sound  amplification  devices,  which  are  not  FDA 
regulated, can be purchased “off-the-shelf” and are not fitted or prescribed to meet a specific individual’s 
needs  rather;  these  products  amplify  sound  and  tend  to  be  used  in  noisy  or  challenging  environments. 
They have a significantly lower retail price to the consumer than traditional hearing aids.  

In  addition  to  our  current  partnerships  and  customers,  we  are  aggressively  pursuing  prospective 
partnerships and customers who can benefit from our value proposition and the VHA and PSAP channels.  
Our  steadfast  commitment  to  VHH  is  focused  on  long-term  value  creation.  This  commitment  does  not 
come  without  a  price.  Today  we  are  making  annual  investments  in  excess  of  $5  million  to  the  support 
VHH  infrastructure,  technology  and  solutions.  Despite  minimal  VHH  revenue  generation  to  date,  we 
believe these investments will be the drivers of long-term shareholder value.    

Within the medical biotelemetry space, our technology connects patients and caregivers in non-traditional 
ways.  Our  advanced,  smaller  lightweight  devices  have  helped  shift  the  point  of  care  from  traditional 
settings  such  as  hospitals,  to  non-traditional  settings  like  homes.  The  company  currently  has  a  strong 
presence  in  both  the  diabetes  and  cardiac  diagnostic  monitoring  biotelemetry  markets.  For  diabetes, 
IntriCon  has  partnered  with  Medtronic  to  manufacture  their  wireless  continuous  glucose  monitors, 
sensors,  and  related  accessories  that  measure  glucose  levels  and  deliver  real-time  blood  glucose  trend 
information.  During  the  2013  third  quarter,  Medtronic  received  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (FDA) 
approval for their MiniMed 530G insulin pump system, which accounted for a significant portion of the 
growth  in  our  medical  business  in  2014.  In  addition  to  the  MiniMed  530G  system,  the  products  we 
manufacture  also  support Medtronic’s  international  insulin  pump  system  offerings,  such  as  the  recently 
unveiled  MiniMed  640G  system.  Through  our  strong  partnership  with  Medtronic  we  anticipate  this 
business to provide continuous long-term growth.  

In the cardiac diagnostic monitoring market, we provide solutions for ambulatory cardiac monitoring. Our 
Sirona platform, which incorporates the PhysioLink technology, is essentially two products in one design: 
it can be used as an event recorder, a holter monitor or both. This platform is very small, rechargeable, 
and water spray proof. We are receiving positive feedback from customers about the treatment flexibility 
and economic benefits of remote patient monitoring. 

In both medical biotelemetry and VHH, IntriCon has the core technology and product offering to expand 
our existing customer relationships, as well as move into new markets. IntriCon is allocating more capital 
and  resources  in  sales  and  marketing  and  research  and  development  to  expand  its  reach  to  other  large 
medical device and health care companies. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Looking ahead 

Overall we are very encouraged by our progress in 2014. Our business has strong momentum that we will 
build off of as we aggressively pursue significant revenue opportunities in rapidly growing markets. As 
we  look  to  the  future  we  anticipate  the  need  for  targeted  on-going  sales,  marketing  and  research  and 
development  investments  to  execute  our  strategic  plan  and  drive  shareholder  value.  Looking  ahead  to 
2015 specifically, we are focused on: 

•  Expanding VHH Channels. The VHH market is rapidly emerging. Our top strategic priority is 
to aggressively expand our VHH reach, by establishing the required infrastructure and securing 
additional channel partners.   

•  Core  Technology  Development.  Core  technology  development  is  critical  to  our  long-term 
success.  In  2015  we  will  define  and  validate  ULP  wireless  technology  test  platforms  aimed  at 
increasing  access  to  and  efficiencies  in  the  emerging  VHH  distribution  channel  and  medical 
biotelemetry markets.  

From  a  financial  perspective,  our  goals  are  simple:  to  increase  revenue,  improve  margins,  grow  our 
bottom line and reduce bank debt.  

On behalf of board of directors and executive team, I want to thank you for your continued support, as we 
follow a promising course to long-term growth and consistent value creation. 

Sincerely,  

Mark Gorder 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
IntriCon Corporation 
March 6, 2015 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

(Mark one) 

FORM 10-K 

  (cid:2)     ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE 

  (cid:3)     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 
or 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from ____________ to ____________. 

Commission File Number 1-5005 

INTRICON CORPORATION  
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

           Pennsylvania______________                  23-1069060                            
(State or other jurisdiction of          (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)  
incorporation or organization) 

           1260 Red Fox Road 
         Arden Hills, Minnesota 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

     55112 
  (Zip Code) 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code  

 (651) 636-9770 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:    
          Title of each class__________ 
Common Shares, $1 par value per share 

Name of each exchange on 
         which registered_____ 
The NASDAQ Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:   None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes (cid:3)  No (cid:2) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes (cid:3)  No 
(cid:2) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes (cid:2)  No (cid:3) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes (cid:2)  No (cid:3) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is 
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  (cid:2)   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

Large accelerated filer (cid:3)    

Accelerated filer (cid:3)    

Non-accelerated filer (cid:3)   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Smaller reporting company (cid:2)    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:3)   No(cid:2) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The aggregate market value of the voting common shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2014 was $43,317,476. 
Common shares held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 10% or more of the outstanding common shares have 
been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive 
determination for other purposes.  

The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common shares on February 19, 2015 was 5,848,286.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the Company's definitive proxy statement for the 2015 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference into 
Part III of this report; provided, however, that the Audit Committee Report and any other information in such Proxy Statement that is 
not required to be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, shall not be deemed to be incorporated herein or filed for the 
purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.   

  2

 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                        Page No. 

Table of Contents 

PART I 
Item 1.  
Item 1A.  
Item 1B.  
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 
Item 4A. 

PART II 
Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A 
Item 9B. 

PART III 
Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

PART IV 
Item 15. 

Business  
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures 
Executive Officers of the Registrant 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer  
Purchases of Equity Securities 
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related  
Stockholder Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

SIGNATURES 
EXHIBIT INDEX 

4 
11 
18 
18 
18 
19 
19 

20 
21 
23 
34 
34 
61 
61 
61 

62 
62 

62 
63 
63 

63 

67 
68 

  3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1.  Business 

Company Overview 

PART I 

IntriCon  Corporation  (together  with  its  subsidiaries  referred  herein  as  the  “Company”,  or  “IntriCon”,  “we”,  “us”  or  “our”)  is  an 
international company engaged in designing, developing, engineering and manufacturing body-worn devices.  The Company serves 
the body-worn device market by designing, developing, engineering and manufacturing micro-miniature products, microelectronics, 
micro-mechanical assemblies, complete assemblies and software solutions, primarily for medical bio-telemetry devices, value hearing 
health devices and professional audio communication devices. The Company, headquartered in Arden Hills, Minnesota, has facilities 
in  Minnesota,  California,  Singapore,  Indonesia  and  Germany,  and  operates  through  subsidiaries.  The  Company  is  a  Pennsylvania 
corporation  formed  in  1930.    The  Company  has  gone  through  several  transformations  since  its  formation.  The  Company’s  core 
business  of  body-worn  devices  was  established  in  1993  through  the  acquisition  of  Resistance  Technologies  Inc.,  now  known  as 
IntriCon,  Inc.    The  majority  of  IntriCon's  current  management  came  to  the  Company  with  the  Resistance  Technologies  Inc. 
acquisition, including IntriCon’s President and CEO, who was a co-founder of Resistance Technologies Inc.  

Currently,  the  Company  operates  in  one  operating  segment,  the  body-worn  device  segment.  On  June  13,  2013,  the  Company 
announced a global restructuring plan to accelerate future growth and reduce costs by approximately $3.0 million annually. As part of 
the restructuring, the Company sold its security and certain microphone and receiver operations on January 27, 2014 to Sierra Peaks 
Corporation.  For  all  periods  presented,  the  Company  classified  these  businesses  as  discontinued  operations,  and,  accordingly,  has 
reclassified historical financial data presented herein. 

Information  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  expressed  in  U.S.  dollars  or  number  of  shares  are  presented  in 
thousands (000s), except for per share data and as otherwise noted. 

Business Highlights  

Major Events in 2014 

The Company reported its strongest financial results in over a decade, including its strongest revenue, margin and earnings. 

On December 4, 2014 the Company announced an exclusive distribution agreement with PC Werth in the United Kingdom. PC Werth, 
through its partnership with IntriCon, has been appointed as one of the main suppliers to the National Health Service (NHS) Supply 
Chain’s  National  Framework.  The  NHS  is  the  largest  purchaser  of  hearing  aids  in  the  world,  supplying  an  estimated  1.2  million 
hearing aids annually. 

On  February  14,  2014,  the  Company  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries  entered  into  a  Sixth  Amendment  to  the  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement and Waiver with The PrivateBank and Trust Company, which among other things extended the maturity date of the term 
loan and revolving credit facility to February 28, 2018 (refer to Note 7). 

On  January  27,  2014,  the Company  sold  its remaining  security  and  certain microphone and receiver operations;, which marked the 
final milestone in the global strategic restructuring plan announced in 2013.  

Major Events in 2013 

On June 13, 2013, the Company announced a global strategic restructuring plan designed to accelerate the Company’s future growth 
by focusing resources on the highest potential growth areas and reduce costs by approximately $3.0 million annually. As part of this 
plan,  the  Company  reduced  investment  in  certain  non-core  professional  audio  communications  product  lines;  transferred  specific 
product  lines  from  Singapore  to  the  Company’s  lower-cost  manufacturing  facility  in  Batam,  Indonesia;  reduced  its  global 
administrative  and  support  workforce;  transferred  the  medical  coil  operations  from  the  Company's  Maine  facility  to  Minnesota  to 
better leverage existing manufacturing capacity, added experienced professionals in value hearing health; and focused more resources 
in medical biotelemetry. During the 2013 third quarter, the Company’s customer, Medtronic, received Food and Drug Administration 
(FDA) approval for their MiniMed 530G insulin pump. Medical market sales strengthened in the 2013 fourth quarter as Medtronic 
ramped for its launch of the MiniMed 530G. 

Major Events in 2012 

In August 2012, the Company sold its 50% interest in its Global Coils joint venture, to joint venture partner Audemars SA. Global 
Coils is in the business of marketing, designing, manufacturing, and selling audio coils to the hearing health industry. Audemars paid 
$426  in  cash  at  closing  and  will  make  future  recurring  royalty  payments  as  specified  in  the  purchase  agreement.  Audemars  also 
transferred certain hearing health inventory to IntriCon. The Company recorded a gain on the sale of $822, or $.14 per diluted share, 
in the gain on sale of investment in partnership line of the accompanying statement of operations. 

  4

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
Market Overview: 

IntriCon  serves  the  body-worn  device  market  by  designing,  developing,  engineering  and  manufacturing  micro-miniature  products, 
microelectronics,  micro-mechanical  assemblies,  complete  assemblies  and  software  solutions,  primarily  for  medical  bio-telemetry 
devices,  value  hearing health  devices  and  professional  audio  communication  devices.  Revenue  from  the  medical  bio-telemetry  and 
value  hearing  health  markets  is  reported  on  the  respective  medical  and  hearing  health  lines  in  the  discussion  of  our  results  of 
operations  in  “Item  2.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  and  Note  18 
“Revenue by Market” to the Company’s consolidated condensed financial statements included herein. 

Value Hearing Health Market 

The  Company  believes  the  value  hearing  health  (VHH)  market  offers  significant  growth  opportunities.  In  the  United  States  alone, 
there are approximately 48 million adults that report some degree of hearing loss. In adults the most common cause of hearing loss is 
aging and noise.  In  fact,  by  the  age  of  65  year  old,  one  out  of  three  people  have  hearing  loss.  The hearing  impaired  population  is 
expected to grow significantly over the next decade due to an aging population and more frequent exposure to loud sounds that can 
cause noise-induced hearing loss. It is estimated that hearing aids can help more than 90 percent of people with hearing loss, however 
the current market penetration into the U.S. hearing impaired population is approximately 20 percent, a percentage that has remained 
essentially  unchanged  for  the  last  four  decades.  We  believe  the  U.S.  market  penetration  is  low  primarily  due  to  the  high  costs  to 
purchase a hearing aid, consolidation at the retail level and inconveniences in the distribution channel. These factors have created the 
opportunity for alternative care models, such as the value hearing aid (VHA) channel and personal sound amplifier (PSAP) channel. 
The  VHA  channel  is  outcome  based  focused  and  requires  the  best  device  and  software  technology,  to  provide  the  most  efficient, 
lowest  cost  solution  to  the  consumer.      IntriCon  has  positioned  itself  as  a  leader  in  these  channels  through  significant,  on-going 
investments in sales and marketing and its research and development. The Company is aggressively pursuing prospective partnerships 
and customers who can benefit from our value proposition and the VHA and PSAP channels.  

In  the  VHA  channel,  the  Company  entered  into  a  manufacturing  agreement  with  hi  HealthInnovations,  a  UnitedHealth  Group 
company,  to  become  their  supplier  of  hearing  aids.  At  the  beginning  of  2012,  hi  HealthInnovations  launched  a  suite  of  high-tech, 
lower-cost  hearing  devices  for  their  Medicare  and  Part  D  participants  and  later  in  the  year  announced  they  were  increasing  this 
offering to the over 26 million people enrolled in their employer-sponsored and individual health benefit plans. Recently they have 
expanded their offering to include a hearing aid discount program for health plans. This program is available nationwide to all health 
insurers,  including  employer-sponsored,  individual  and  Medicare  plans.  The  insurance  model  has  been  successfully  demonstrated 
internationally,  where  several  countries  providing  a  full  insurance  program  are  serving  40  to  70  percent  of  the  hearing  impaired 
population. Further, research in the U.S. has shown a fully insured model will encourage an individual to seek treatment at an earlier 
stage of hearing loss, greatly increasing the market size and penetration. The Company also has various international VHA initiatives. 
In 2014 the Company entered into an exclusive distribution agreement with PC Werth in the United Kingdom. PC Werth, through its 
partnership  with  IntriCon,  has  been  appointed  as  one  of  the  main  suppliers  to  the  National  Health  Service  (NHS)  Supply  Chain’s 
National Framework. The NHS, which offers free hearing health care to UK citizens, is the largest purchaser of hearing aids in the 
world, supplying an estimated 1.2 million hearing aids annually.  

We  also  believe  there  are niches  in the  conventional hearing health  channel  that  will  embrace  our  VHA  proposition. High  costs  of 
conventional devices and retail consolidation, have constrained the growth potential of the independent audiologist and dispenser. We 
believe  our software and product offering can provide the independent audiologist and dispensers the ability to  compete with larger 
retailers, such as Costco and manufacturer owned retail distributors.     

In the past few years the PSAP channel, which includes ear worn devices that provide cost effective sound amplification, has begun to 
emerge.    These  sound  amplification  devices  are  not  regulated  by  the  FDA,  as  they  are  hearing  aids  and  make  no  claims  of 
compensating  for  hearing  loss.  They  can  be  purchased  “off-the-shelf”  and  are  not  fit  or  prescribed  to  meet  a  specific  individual’s 
needs rather, these devices amplify sound and tend to be used in noisy or challenging environments. They have a significantly lower 
retail  price  to  the  consumer  than  traditional  hearing  aids. Additionally,  the  Company  believes  there  is  great  potential  to  market  its 
situational listening devices (SLD’s). Similar to the PSAP devices, the Company’s SLD’s are intended to help people hear in noisy 
environments,  like  restaurants  and  automobiles,  and  listen  to  television,  music,  and  direct  broadcast  by  wireless  connection.  Such 
devices  are  intended  to  be  supplements  to  conventional  hearing  aids,  which  do  not  handle  those  situations  well.  The  product  line 
consists of an earpiece, TV transmitter, companion microphone, iPod/iPhone transmitter, and USB transmitter. 

We  believe  IntriCon  is  very  well  positioned  to  serve  these  VHH  market  channels.  Over  the  past  several  years  the  Company  has 
invested heavily in core technologies, product platforms and its global manufacturing capabilities geared to provide high-tech, lower-
cost hearing devices and can help drive efficiencies in the delivery model. Our DSP devices provide better clarity and an improved 
ability  to  filter  out  background  noise  at  attractive  pricing  points.  We  believe  product  platform  introductions  such  as  the  Audion 
Amplifiers, APT™ and Lumen™ devices will drive market share gains into all channels of the emerging VHH market. 

  5

 
 
 
 
 
Medical Bio-Telemetry 

In the medical bio-telemetry market, the Company is focused on sales of bio-telemetry devices for life-critical diagnostic monitoring. 
Using our nanoDSP and BodyNet™ technology platforms, the Company manufactures microelectronics, micro-mechanical 
assemblies, high-precision injection-molded plastic components and complete bio-telemetry devices for emerging and leading medical 
device manufacturers. The medical industry is faced with pressures to reduce the cost of healthcare. Driven by core technologies, such 
as the IntriCon Physiolink™ that wirelessly connects patients and care givers in non-traditional ways, IntriCon helps shift the point of 
care from expensive traditional settings, such as hospitals, to less expensive non-traditional settings like the home. IntriCon currently 
serves this market by offering medical manufacturers the capabilities to design, develop and manufacture medical devices that are 
easier to use, are more miniature, use less power, and are lighter. Increasingly, the medical industry is looking for wireless, low-power 
capabilities in their devices. We have a strategic relationship with Advanced Medical Electronics Corp. (AME) that allows us to 
develop new bio-telemetry devices that better connect patients and care givers, providing critical information and feedback. Through 
the further development of our ULP BodyNet family, we believe the bio-telemetry markets offer significant opportunity. 

IntriCon currently has a strong presence in both the diabetes and cardiac diagnostic monitoring bio-telemetry markets. For diabetes, 
IntriCon has partnered with Medtronic to manufacture their wireless continuous glucose monitors, sensors, and related accessories that 
measure glucose levels and deliver real-time blood glucose trend information. During the 2013 third quarter, Medtronic received Food 
and  Drug  Administration  (FDA)  approval  for  their  MiniMed  530G  insulin  pump  system.  To  support  their  MiniMed  530G  system 
launch in the United States, IntriCon built and sold significant inventory from the fourth quarter of 2013 through the first half of 2014.  
In addition to the MiniMed 530G system, the products we  manufacture also support Medtronic’s international insulin pump system 
offerings, such as the recently unveiled MiniMed 640G system.  Further, we  believe there are opportunities to  expand our diabetes 
product offering with Medtronic as well as move into new markets outside of the diabetes market. 

In the cardiac diagnostic monitoring market, we provide solutions for ambulatory cardiac monitoring. Our first two product platforms, 
Sirona and Centauri, received FDA 510(k) approval in late 2011. The Sirona platform, which incorporates the PhysioLink technology, 
is essentially two products in one design: it can be used as an event recorder, a holter monitor or  both. This platform is very small, 
rechargeable, and water spray proof. IntriCon is receiving feedback from its customers about the treatment flexibility and economic 
benefits of remote patient monitoring. The Company has contracts in place with lead customers for the Sirona platform and anticipates 
expanding that customer base during the first quarter of 2015.  

IntriCon has  a  suite  of  medical  coils  and micro  coils  that it  offers  to  various  original  equipment  manufacturing  (OEM)  customers. 
These  products  are  currently  used  in  pacemaker  programming  and  interventional  catheter  positioning  applications.  As  part  of  the 
global restructuring initiative, the Company is increasing its investment of resources and capital to help expand our customer base and 
market share. 

IntriCon manufactures bubble sensors and flow restrictors that monitor and control the flow of fluid in an intravenous infusion system 
as  well  as a  family  of  safety  needle  products  for  an  OEM customer  that  utilizes  IntriCon’s  insert  and  straight  molding  capabilities. 
These products are assembled using full automation, including built-in quality checks within the production lines. 

Lastly,  IntriCon  is  targeting  other  emerging  biotelemetry  and  home  care  markets,  such  as  sleep  apnea,  that  could  benefit  from  its 
capabilities to develop devices that are more technologically advanced, smaller and lightweight. To do so, IntriCon is focusing more 
capital  and  resources  in  sales  and  marketing    and research and  development  to  expand  its  reach  to  other  large  medical  device  and 
health care companies. 

Professional Audio Communications 

IntriCon entered the high-quality audio  communication device market in 2001, and now has a line of miniature, professional audio 
headset products used by customers focusing on emergency response needs. The line includes several communication devices that are 
extremely portable and perform well in noisy or hazardous environments. These products are well suited for applications in the fire, 
law enforcement, safety, aviation and military markets. In addition, the Company has a line of miniature ear- and head-worn devices 
used  by  performers  and  support  staff  in  the  music  and  stage  performance  markets.  We  believe  performance  in  difficult  listening 
environments  and  wireless  operations  will  continue  to  improve  as  these  products  increasingly  include  our  proprietary  nanoDSP, 
wireless nanoLink and PhysioLink technologies. 

For information concerning our net sales, net income and assets, see the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. 

  6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core Technologies Overview:  
Our core technologies expertise is focused on three main markets: medical bio-telemetry, value hearing health and professional audio 
communications. Over the past several years, the Company has increased investments in the continued development of four critical 
core  technologies:  Ultra-Low-Power  (ULP)  Digital  Signal  Processing  (DSP),  ULP  Wireless,  Microminiaturization,  and  Miniature 
Transducers. These four core technologies serve as the foundation of  current and future product platform development, designed to 
meet the rising demand for smaller, portable more advanced devices and the need for greater efficiencies in the delivery models. The 
continued advancements in this area have allowed the Company to further enhance the mobility and effectiveness of miniature body-
worn devices. 

ULP DSP 
DSP converts real-world analog signals into a digital format. Through our nanoDSP™ technology, IntriCon offers an extensive range 
of  ULP  DSP  amplifiers  for  hearing,  medical  and  professional  audio  applications.  Our  proprietary  nanoDSP  incorporates  advanced 
ultra-miniature hardware with sophisticated signal processing algorithms to produce devices that are smaller and more effective. 

The  Company  further  expanded  its  DSP  portfolio  including  improvements  to  its  Reliant  CLEAR™  feedback  canceller,  offering 
increased  added  stable  gain  and  faster  reaction  time.  Additionally,  newly  developed  DSP  technologies  are  utilized  in  our  recently 
unveiled Audion8™, our new eight-channel hearing aid amplifier. The Audion8 is a feature-rich amplifier designed to fit a wide array 
of  applications.  In  addition  to  multiple  compression  channels,  the  amplifier  has  a  complete  set  of  proven  adaptive  features  which 
greatly improve the user experience. 

ULP Wireless 
Wireless  connectivity  is  fast  becoming  a  required  technology,  and  wireless  capabilities  are  especially  critical  in  new  body-worn 
devices. IntriCon’s BodyNet™ ULP technology, including the nanoLink™ and PhysioLink™ wireless systems, offers  solutions for 
transmitting the body’s activities to caregivers, and wireless audio links for professional communications and surveillance products. 
Potential BodyNet applications include electrocardiogram (ECG) diagnostics and monitoring, diabetes monitoring, sleep apnea studies 
and audio streaming for hearing devices. 

IntriCon  is  in  the  final  stages  of  commercializing  its  PhysioLink  wireless  technology,  which  will  be  incorporated  into  product 
platforms  serving  the  medical,  hearing  health  and  professional  audio  communication  markets.  This  system  is  based  on  2.4GHz 
proprietary digital radio protocol in the industrial-scientific-medical (ISM) frequency  band and enables audio and data streaming to 
ear-worn and body-worn applications over distances of up to five meters. 

Microminiaturization 
IntriCon excels at miniaturizing body-worn devices. We  began honing our microminiaturization skills over 30 years ago, supplying 
components to the hearing health industry. Our core miniaturization technology allows us to make devices for our markets that are one 
cubic inch and smaller. We also are specialists in devices that run on very low power, as evidenced by  our ULP  wireless and DSP. 
Less power means a smaller battery, which enables us to reduce size even further, and develop devices that fit into the palm of one’s 
hand. 

Miniature Transducers 
IntriCon’s advanced  transducer  technology  has  been  pushing  the  limits  of  size  and performance  for  over  a  decade.  Included  in  our 
transducer  line  are  our  miniature  medical  coils  and  micro  coils  used  in  pacemaker  programming  and  interventional  catheter 
positioning applications. We believe with the increase of greater interventional care that our coil technology harbors significant value. 

Marketing and Competition:   
IntriCon  intends  to  focus  more  capital  and  resources  in  marketing  and  sales  to  expand  its  reach  into  large  medical  device  and 
healthcare companies in the medical bio-telemetry and value hearing health markets outlined above.  The Company believes this will 
allow  us  to  advance  our  technology  portfolio,  advance  new  product  platforms,  strengthen  customer  relationships  and  expand  our 
market knowledge.  

Currently,  IntriCon  sells  its  hearing  instrument  components  directly  to  domestic  hearing  instrument  manufacturers  and  distributors 
through an internal sales force.  Sales of medical and professional audio communications products are also made primarily through an 
internal sales force.  In recent years, a small number of companies have accounted for a substantial portion of the Company’s sales.   

In  2014,  one  customer  accounted  for  approximately  37  percent  of  the  Company’s  net  sales.  During  2014,  the  top  five  customers 
accounted for approximately $38,690, or 57% percent, of the Company’s net sales. See note 4 to the consolidated financial statements 
for a discussion of net sales and long-lived assets by geographic area. 

Internationally, sales representatives employed by IntriCon GmbH ("GmbH"), a wholly owned German subsidiary, solicit sales from 
European hearing instrument, medical device and professional audio communications manufacturers and suppliers.  

IntriCon  believes  that  it  is  the  largest  supplier  worldwide  of  micro-miniature  electromechanical  components  to  hearing  instrument 
  7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
manufacturers and that its full product line, automated manufacturing process and low cost manufacturing capabilities in Asia, allow it 
to compete effectively with other manufacturers within this market. In the market of hybrid amplifiers and molded plastic faceplates, 
hearing instrument manufacturers produce a substantial portion of their internal needs for these components. 

IntriCon  markets  its  high  performance  microphone  products  to  the  radio  communication  and  professional  audio  industries  and  has 
several  larger  competitors  who  have  greater  financial  resources.    IntriCon  holds  a  small  market  share  in  the  global  market  for 
microphone capsules and other related products. 

Employees.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company had a total of 561 full time equivalent employees, of whom 36 are executive and 
administrative  personnel,  17  are  sales  personnel,  26  are  engineering  personnel  and  482  are  operations  personnel.  The  Company 
considers its relations with its employees to be satisfactory. None of the Company’s employees are represented by a union. 

As a supplier of consumer and medical products and parts, IntriCon is subject to claims for personal injuries allegedly caused by its 
products.  The Company maintains what it believes to be adequate insurance coverage. 

Research  and  Development.    IntriCon  conducts research  and  development  activities  primarily  to  improve  its  existing products  and 
proprietary  technology.    The  Company  is  committed  to  increasing  its  investment  in  the  research  and  development  of  proprietary 
technologies, such as the ULP nanoDSP and ULP wireless technologies.  The Company believes the continued development of key 
proprietary technologies will be the catalyst for long-term revenues and margin growth. Research and development expenditures were 
$4,832, $4,181, and $4,481 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These amounts are net of customer and grant reimbursed research 
and  development.  In  2013,  the  Company  filed  for  a  Minnesota  research  and  development  tax  credit  of  $567,  which  lowered  the 
research and development expenditure for the year. 

IntriCon owns a number of  United States patents which cover a number of product designs and processes.  Although the Company 
believes that these patents collectively add value to the Company, the costs associated with the submission of patent applications are 
expensed as incurred given the uncertainty of the patents providing future economic benefit to the Company. 

Regulation. A large portion of our business operates in a marketplace subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA and by 
comparable agencies in foreign countries.  In the United States, the FDA regulates the design control, development, manufacturing, 
labeling, record keeping, and surveillance procedures for medical devices.  

United States Food and Drug Administration  
FDA regulations classify medical devices based on perceived risk to public health as either Class I, II or III devices. Class I devices 
are subject to general controls, Class II devices are subject to special controls and Class III devices are subject to pre-market approval 
(“PMA”) requirements. While most Class I devices are exempt from pre-market submission, it is necessary for most Class II devices 
to be cleared by a 510(k) pre-market notification prior to marketing. 510(k) establishes that the device is “substantially equivalent” to 
a  legally  marketed  predicate  device  which  was  legally  marketed  prior  to  May  28,  1976  or  which  itself  has  been  found  to  be 
substantially equivalent, through the 510(k) process, after May 28, 1976. It is “substantially equivalent” if it has the same intended use 
and the same technological characteristics as the predicate. The 510(k) pre-market notification must be supported by data establishing 
the  claim  of  substantial  equivalence  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  FDA.  The  process  of  obtaining a  510(k)  clearance  typically  can take 
several months to a year or longer. If the product is notably new  or different and substantial equivalence cannot be established, the 
FDA  will  require  the manufacturer to  submit  a  PMA  application  for a  Class III  device  that must  be  reviewed  and approved  by  the 
FDA  prior  to  sale  and  marketing  of  the  device  in  the  United  States.  The  process  of  obtaining  PMA  approval  can  be  expensive, 
uncertain,  lengthy  and  frequently  requires  anywhere  from  one  to  several  years  from  the  date  of  FDA  submission,  if  approval  is 
obtained  at  all.  The  FDA  controls  the  indicated  uses  for  which  a  product  may  be  marketed  and  strictly  prohibits  the  marketing  of 
medical  devices  for  unapproved  uses.  The  FDA  can  withdraw  products  from  the  market  for  failure  to  comply  with  laws  or  the 
occurrence of safety risks.  

All of  our current hearing aid devices are air conduction devices and, as such, are Class I medical devices, exempt from the 510(k) 
submission process. They are typically marketed to FDA approved manufacturers with IntriCon assisting in the design, development 
and  production.  Our  ECG recorder  devices  are  classified  as  Class II  medical  devices  and  have  received  510(k)  clearance  from  the 
FDA. Our manufacturing operations are subject to periodic inspections by the FDA, whose primary purpose is to audit the Company’s 
compliance with the Quality System Regulations published by the FDA and other applicable government standards. Strict regulatory 
action may be initiated in response to audit deficiencies or to product performance problems. We believe that our manufacturing and 
quality  control procedures are in compliance with the requirements of the FDA regulations and this has been substantiated with no 
findings cited during our most recent FDA audit in December of 2013.  

  8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
International Regulation 
International  regulatory  bodies  have  established  varying  regulations  governing  product  standards,  packaging  and  labeling 
requirements,  import restrictions,  tariff  regulations,  duties  and tax.  Many  of  these  regulations  are  similar to  those  of  the  FDA.  We 
believe we are in compliance with the regulatory requirements in the foreign countries in which our medical devices are marketed. 

The registration system for our medical devices in the EU requires that our quality system conform to international quality standards 
and that our medical devices conform to “essential requirements” set forth by the Medical Device Directive (“MDD”). Manufacturing 
facilities  and  processes  under  which  our  ECG  recorder  devices  are  produced  are  inspected  and  audited  by  our  International 
Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) registrar British Standards Institute (“BSI”). Our authorized representative, CE Partner 4U, 
maintains our technical file and registers our products with competent authorities in all  EU member states. Manufacturing facilities 
and processes under which all of our other medical devices are produced are inspected and audited annually by the BSI. These audits 
verify our compliance with the essential requirements of the MDD. These certifying bodies verify that our quality system conforms to 
the international quality standard ISO 13485:2003 and that our products conform to the “essential requirements” and “supplementary 
requirements” set forth by the MDD for the class of medical devices we produce. These certifying bodies also certify our conformity 
with both the quality standards and the MDD requirements, entitling us to place the “CE” mark on all of our ECG recorder devices. 
Our hearing  aid  devices  typically  bear  the  CE  mark  of  our  customers  who  assume  regulatory  responsibilities  for  those  devices.  In 
2014,  IntriCon  obtained  "CE"  certification  for  our  own  hearing  aid  devices  and  we  are  prepared  to  supply  these  devices  into  the 
European market. 

Third Party Reimbursement  
The availability and level of reimbursement from third-party payers for procedures utilizing our products is significant to our business. 
Our products are purchased primarily by OEM customers who sell into clinics, hospitals and other end-users, who in turn bill various 
third party payers for the services provided to the patients. These payers, which include Medicare, Medicaid, private health insurance 
plans and managed care organizations, reimburse all or part of the costs and fees associated with the procedures utilizing our products.  

In response to the national focus on rising health care costs, a number of changes to reduce costs have been proposed or have begun to 
emerge. There have been, and may continue to be, proposals by legislators, regulators and third party payers to curb these costs. The 
development  or  increased  use  of  more  cost  effective  treatments  for  diseases  could  cause  such  payers  to  decrease  or  deny 
reimbursement for surgeries or devices to favor alternatives that do not utilize our products. A significant number of Americans enroll 
in some form of managed care plan. Higher managed care utilization typically drives down the payments for health care procedures, 
which in turn places pressure on medical supply prices. This causes hospitals to implement tighter vendor selection and certification 
processes, by reducing the number of vendors used, purchasing more products from fewer vendors and trading discounts on price for 
guaranteed higher volumes to vendors. Hospitals have also sought to control and reduce costs over the last decade by joining group 
purchasing organizations or purchasing alliances. We cannot predict what continuing or future impact these practices, the existing or 
proposed legislation, or such third-party payer measures within a constantly changing healthcare landscape may have  on our future 
business, financial condition or results of operations. 

 Forward-Looking Statements 

Certain statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or the Company’s other public filings 
and releases, which are not historical facts, or that include forward-looking terminology such as “may”, “will”, “believe”, “anticipate”, 
“expect”,  “should”,  “optimistic”  or  “continue”,  “estimate”,  “intend”,  “plan”,  “would”,  “could”,  “guidance”,  “potential”, 
“opportunity”,  “project”,  “forecast”,  “confident”,  “projections”,  “schedule”,  “designed”,  “future”,  “discussion”,  “if”  or  the negative 
thereof or other variations thereof, are forward-looking statements (as such term is defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and the regulations thereunder), which are intended to be covered by the 
safe  harbors  created  thereby.    These  statements  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to  statements  in  “Business,”  “Legal  Proceedings, 
“Risk  Factors,”  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  and  “Notes  to  the 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  such  as  the  Company’s  ability  to  compete,  statements  concerning  the  hi  HealthInnovations 
program,  the  divestiture  of  its  security  and  certain  receiver  and  microphone  business  and  its  Global  Coils  joint  venture  interest, 
expected  expenses  and  cost  savings  from  the  global  restructuring,  strategic  alliances  and  their  benefits,  the  adequacy  of  insurance 
coverage,  government regulation,  potential  increases  in  demand  for  the  Company’s  products,   net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  the 
ability to meet cash requirements for operating needs, the ability to meet liquidity needs, assumptions used to calculate future levels of 
funding of employee benefit plans, the adequacy of insurance coverage, the impact of new accounting pronouncements and litigation. 

Forward-looking statements also include, without limitation, statements as to the Company's expected future results of operations and 
growth,  the  Company’s  ability  to  meet  working  capital  requirements,  the  Company's  business  strategy,  the  expected  increases  in 
operating efficiencies, anticipated trends in the Company's  body-worn device markets, the effect  of  compliance with environmental 
protection  laws  and  other  government regulations,  estimates  of  goodwill  impairments  and amortization  expense  of  other  intangible 
assets, estimates of asset impairment, the effects of changes in accounting pronouncements, the effects of litigation and the amount of 
insurance  coverage,  and  statements  as  to  trends  or  the  Company's  or  management's  beliefs,  expectations  and  opinions.  Forward-
looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties and may be affected by various risks, uncertainties and other factors that can 
cause actual results and developments to be materially different from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, 
including, without limitation, the risk factors discussed in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

  9

  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
The Company does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the 
Company. 

Available Information 

The Company files or furnishes its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy 
statements  and  other  information  with  the  SEC.  You  may  read  and  copy  any  reports,  statements  and  other  information  that  the 
Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, on official business 
days  during  the hours  of  10:00  a.m.  to  3:00  p.m.  You  may  obtain  information  on  the  operation  of  the  Public  Reference  Room  by 
calling  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.  The  Company’s  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  SEC  filings  are  also 
available on the SEC’s Internet site as part of the EDGAR database (http://www.sec.gov).   

The Company maintains an internet web site at www.IntriCon.com. The Company maintains a link to the  SEC’s website by  which 
you may review its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments 
to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

The information on the website listed above, is not and should not be considered part of this annual report on Form 10-K and is not 
incorporated by reference in this document.  This website is and is only intended to be an inactive textual reference. 

In addition, we will provide, at no cost (other than for exhibits), paper or electronic copies of our reports and other filings made with 
the SEC.  Requests should be directed to: 

Corporate Secretary 
IntriCon Corporation  
1260 Red Fox Road 
Arden Hills, MN 55112 

  10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1A.  Risk Factors 

You should carefully consider the risks described below.  If any of the risks events actually occur, our business, financial condition or 
results  of  future  operations  could  be  materially  adversely  affected.  This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking 
statements that involve risk and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking 
statements as a result of many factors, including the risks faced by us described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K.  

We  have  experienced  and  expect  to  continue  to  experience  fluctuations  in  our  results  of  operations,  which  could  adversely 
affect us. 

Factors that affect our results of operations include, but are not limited to, the volume and timing of orders received, changes in the 
global economy and financial markets, changes in the mix of products sold, market acceptance of our products and our customer’s 
products, competitive pricing pressures, global currency  valuations, the availability of electronic components that we purchase from 
suppliers,  our  ability  to  meet  demand,  our  ability  to  introduce  new  products  on  a  timely  basis,  the  timing  of  new  product 
announcements and introductions by us or our competitors, changing customer requirements, delays in new product qualifications, and 
the timing and extent of research and development expenses.  These factors have caused and may continue to cause us to experience 
fluctuations in operating results on a quarterly and/or annual basis.  These fluctuations could materially adversely affect our business, 
financial condition and results of operations, which in turn, could adversely affect the price of our common stock.  

The loss of one or more of our major customers could adversely affect our results of operations. 

We  are  dependent  on  a  small  number  of  customers  for  a  large  portion  of  our  revenues.  In  fiscal  year  2014,  our  largest  customer 
accounted for approximately 37 percent of our net sales and our five largest customers accounted for approximately 57 percent of our 
net  sales.   A  significant  decrease  in  the  sales  to  or loss  of  any  of  our  major  customers  could have  a material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business and results of operations. Our revenues are largely dependent upon the ability of customers to develop and sell products that 
incorporate  our  products.    No  assurance  can  be  given  that  our  major  customers  will  not  experience  financial,  technical  or  other 
difficulties that could adversely affect their operations and, in turn, our results of operations. 

We may not be able to collect outstanding accounts receivable from our customers. 

Some of our customers purchase our products on credit, which may cause a concentration of accounts receivable among some of our 
customers. As of December 31, 2014, we had accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts, of $7,673, which represented 
approximately 48 percent of our shareholders’ equity as of that date.  As of that date, two customers accounted for a combined total of 
28 percent of our accounts receivable. Our financial condition and profitability may be harmed if one or more of  our customers are 
unable or unwilling to pay these accounts receivable when due. 

Despite signs of improvement in economic conditions, downturns in the domestic economic environment could cause a severe 
disruption in our operations.  

Our business has been negatively impacted by the domestic economic environment in recent years. If the economy does not continue 
to  improve  or  worsens,  there  could  be  several  severely  negative  implications  to  our  business  that  may  exacerbate  many  of  the  risk 
factors we identified including, but not limited to, the following:  

Liquidity:  

•  The  domestic  economic  environment  and the  associated  credit  crisis  could  worsen  and reduce  liquidity  and  this  could 
have a negative impact on financial institutions and the country’s financial system, which could, in turn, have a negative 
impact on our business.  

•  We  may  not  be  able  to  borrow  additional  funds  under  our  existing  credit  facility  and  may  not  be  able  to  expand  our 
existing facility if our lender becomes insolvent or its liquidity is limited or impaired or if we fail to meet covenant levels 
going forward. In addition, we may not be able to renew our existing credit facility at the conclusion of its current term 
in February 2018 or renew it on terms that are favorable to us.  

•  During the last few years the Federal Reserve Board's involvement in the purchase of U.S. government debt securities, 
commonly known as "quantitative easing," has caused interest rates to be lower than they would have been without such 
involvement.  As a result of the end of quantitative easing in October 2014, interest rates could begin to rise, which could 
disrupt domestic and world markets and could adversely affect our liquidity and results of operations. 

Demand:  

•  Any deterioration in the economy or a return to recession could result in lower sales to our customers.  Additionally, our 

customers may not have access to sufficient cash or short-term credit to obtain our products or services. 

  11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prices:  

•  Certain markets could experience deflation, which would negatively impact our average prices and reduce our margins.  

Health care policy changes, including U.S. health care reform legislation signed in 2010, may have a material adverse effect on 
us. 

In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education 
Affordability  Reconciliation Act of 2010. The legislation imposes  significant new taxes  on medical device makers in the form of a 
2.3% excise tax on all U.S. medical device sales beginning in January 2013. Under the legislation, the total cost to the medical device 
industry is expected to be approximately $30 billion over ten years. This significant increase in the tax burden on our industry could 
have  a  material, negative  impact  on  our results  of  operations and  our  cash  flows  either  directly,  through  taxes  on  us,   or  indirectly 
through others in our value chain being subject to the tax. Although the direct impact of the excise tax is expected to be immaterial on 
us, if facts or circumstances change in our business relationships, we could be subject to customer pricing pressures or required to pay 
additional  taxes  under  the  rules.    Other  elements  of  this  legislation,  such  as  comparative  effectiveness  research,  an  independent 
payment advisory board, payment system reforms, including shared savings pilots, and other provisions, could meaningfully change 
the way health care is developed and delivered, and may materially impact numerous aspects of our business. 

If we are unable to continue to develop new products that are inexpensive to manufacture, our results of operations could be 
adversely affected. 

We may not be able to continue to achieve our historical profit margins due to advancements in technology.  The ability to continue 
our  profit  margins  is  dependent  upon  our ability  to  stay  competitive  by  developing  products  that are  technologically  advanced  and 
inexpensive to manufacture.   

Our need for continued investment in research and development may increase expenses and reduce our profitability.  

Our industry is  characterized by the need for continued investment in research and development. If  we  fail to invest sufficiently in 
research and development, our products could become less attractive to potential customers and our business and financial condition 
could  be  materially  and  adversely  affected.    As  a  result  of  the  need  to  maintain  or  increase  spending  levels  in  this  area  and  the 
difficulty in reducing costs associated with research and development, our operating results could be materially harmed if our research 
and  development  efforts  fail  to  result  in  new  products  or  if  revenues  fall  below  expectations.    In  addition,  as  a  result  of  our 
commitment to invest in research and development, management believes that research and development expenses as a percentage of 
revenues could increase in the future.  

We operate in a highly competitive business and if we are unable to be competitive, our financial condition could be adversely 
affected. 

Several  of  our  competitors  have  been  able  to  offer  more  standardized  and  less  technologically  advanced  hearing  and  professional 
audio communication products at lower prices.  Price competition has had an adverse effect on our sales and margins. Many  of our 
competitors are larger than us and have greater research and development resources, marketing and financial resources, manufacturing 
capability and customer support organizations than we have. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or enhance 
our technical capabilities or compete successfully with our existing and future competitors. 

Merger  and  acquisition  activity  in  our  hearing  health  market  has  resulted  in  a  smaller  customer  base.    Reliance  on  fewer 
customers may have an adverse effect on us. 

Several of our customers in the hearing health market have undergone mergers or acquisitions, resulting in a smaller customer base 
with larger customers. If we are unable to maintain satisfactory relationships with the reduced customer base, it may adversely affect 
our operating profits and revenue.  

Unfavorable legislation in the hearing health market may decrease the demand for our products, and may negatively impact 
our financial condition. 

In some of our foreign markets, government subsidies cover a portion of the cost of hearing aids. A change in legislation that would 
reduce or eliminate these subsidies could decrease the demand for our hearing health products. This could result in an adverse effect 
on our operating results. We are unable to predict the likelihood of any such legislation.    

  12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our failure, or the failure of our customers, to obtain required governmental approvals and maintain regulatory compliance 
for regulated products would adversely affect our ability to generate revenue from those products. 

The markets in which our business operates are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA and by comparable agencies 
in foreign countries. In the United States, the FDA regulates the design control, development, manufacturing, labeling, record keeping, 
and surveillance procedures for our medical devices and those of our customers 

The process of obtaining marketing clearance or approvals from the FDA for new products and new applications for existing products 
can be time-consuming and expensive, and there is no assurance that such clearance/approvals will be granted, or that the FDA review 
will  not  involve  delays  that  would  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  commercialize  additional  products  or  additional  applications  for 
existing products. Some of our products in the research and development stage may be subject to a lengthy and expensive pre-market 
approval process with the FDA. The FDA has the authority to control the indicated uses of a device. Products can also be withdrawn 
from the market due to failure to comply with regulatory standards or the occurrence of unforeseen problems. The FDA regulations 
depend heavily on administrative interpretation, and there can be no assurance that future interpretations made by the FDA or other 
regulatory bodies, with possible retroactive effect, will not adversely affect us. 

The registration system for our medical devices in the EU requires that our quality system conform to international quality standards. 
Manufacturing facilities and processes under which our ECG recorder devices and hearing aid devices are produced, are inspected and 
audited  by  various  certifying  bodies.    These  audits  verify  our  compliance  with  applicable requirements and  standards.   Further,  the 
FDA,  various  state  agencies  and  foreign regulatory  agencies  inspect  our  facilities  to  determine  whether  we  are  in  compliance  with 
various regulations relating to quality systems, such as manufacturing practices, validation, testing, quality  control, product labeling 
and  product  surveillance.  A  determination  that  we  are  in  violation  of  such  regulations  could  lead  to  imposition  of  civil  penalties, 
including fines, product recalls or product seizures, suspensions or shutdown of production and, in extreme cases, criminal sanctions, 
depending on the nature of the violation. 

Further, to the extent that any of our customers to whom we supply products become subject to regulatory actions or delays, our sales 
to those customers could be reduced, delayed or suspended, which could have a material adverse effect on our sales and earnings. 

Implementation of our growth strategy may not be successful, which could affect our ability to increase revenues. 

Our growth strategy includes developing new products and entering new markets, as well as identifying and integrating acquisitions. 
Our ability to compete in new markets will depend upon a number of factors including, among others: 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

our ability to create demand for products in new markets; 
our ability to manage growth effectively; 
our ability to strengthen our sales and marketing presence; 
our ability to successfully identify, complete and integrate acquisitions; 
our  ability  to  respond  to  changes  in  our  customers’  businesses  by  updating  existing  products  and  introducing,  in  a  timely 
fashion, new products which meet the needs of our customers; 
the quality of our new products; and 
our ability to respond rapidly to technological change. 

The  failure  to  do  any  of  the  foregoing  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. In addition, we may  face  competition in these new markets from various companies that may have substantially greater 
research and development resources, marketing and financial resources, manufacturing capability and customer support organizations. 

We have foreign operations in Singapore, Indonesia and Germany, and various factors relating to our international operations 
could affect our results of operations.   

In  2014,  we  operated  in  Singapore,  Indonesia  and  Germany.  Approximately  18  percent  of  our  revenues  were  derived  from  our 
facilities in these countries in 2014. As of December 31, 2014 approximately 22 percent of our long-lived assets are located in these 
countries.  Political  or  economic  instability  in  these  countries  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of  operations  due  to 
diminished revenues in these countries.  Our future revenues, costs of operations and profit results could be affected by a number of 
factors related to our international operations, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates, changes in economic conditions 
from country to country, changes in a country's political condition, trade protection measures, licensing and other legal requirements 
and  local  tax  issues.  Unanticipated  currency  fluctuations  in  the  euro,  Singapore  dollar  and  other  currencies  could  lead  to  lower 
reported consolidated revenues due to the translation of this currency into U.S. dollars when we consolidate our revenues and results 
from operations. 

  13

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  recent  recessions  in  Europe  and  the  debt  crisis  in  certain  countries  in  the  European  Union  could  negatively  affect  our 
ability to conduct business in those geographies.  

The recent debt crisis in certain European countries could cause the value of the euro to deteriorate, reducing the purchasing power of 
our  European  customers.  Financial  difficulties  experienced  by  our  suppliers  and  customers,  including  distributors,  could  result  in 
product delays and inventory issues; risks to accounts receivable could also include delays in collection and greater bad debt expense.  
Also,  the  effect  of  the  debt  crisis  in  certain  European  countries  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  capital  markets  generally, 
specifically impacting our ability and the ability of our customers to finance our and their respective businesses on acceptable terms, if 
at all, the availability of materials and supplies and demand for our products. 

We may explore acquisitions that complement or expand our business.  We may not be able to complete these transactions and 
these transactions, if executed, pose significant risks and may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
operating results.  

We may explore opportunities to buy other businesses or technologies that could complement, enhance or expand our current business 
or product lines or that might otherwise offer us growth opportunities.  We may have difficulty finding these opportunities or, if we do 
identify  these  opportunities,  we  may  not  be  able  to  complete  the  transactions  for  various  reasons,  including  a  failure  to  secure 
financing.  Any transactions that we are able to identify and complete may involve a number of risks, including: the diversion of our 
management's attention from our existing business to integrate the operations and personnel of the acquired or combined business or 
joint venture; possible adverse effects on our operating results during the integration process; unanticipated liabilities; and our possible 
inability to achieve the intended objectives of the transaction.  In addition, we may not be able to successfully or profitably integrate, 
operate,  maintain  and  manage  our  newly  acquired  operations  or  employees.    In  addition,  future  acquisitions  may  result  in  dilutive 
issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of additional debt. 

We may experience difficulty in paying our debt when it comes due, which could limit our ability to obtain financing. 

As of December 31, 2014, we had bank indebtedness of $6,513. Our ability to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness as it 
comes due will depend upon our current and future performance.  Our performance is affected by general economic conditions and by 
financial, competitive, political, business and other factors.  Many of these factors are beyond our control.  We believe that availability 
under our existing credit facility combined with funds expected to be generated from operations and control of capital spending will be 
sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for operating needs for at least the next 12 months.  If, however, we are unable to 
renew these facilities or obtain waivers (see “Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources”) in the future or do not generate sufficient cash or complete such financings on a timely 
basis,  we  may  be  required  to  seek  additional  financing  or  sell  equity  on  terms  which  may  not  be  as  favorable  as  we  could  have 
otherwise  obtained.    No  assurance  can  be  given  that  any  refinancing, additional  borrowing  or  sale  of  equity  will  be  possible  when 
needed or that we will be able to negotiate acceptable terms.  In addition, our access to capital is affected by prevailing conditions in 
the financial and equity capital markets, as well as our own financial condition and performance. 

If we fail to meet our financial and other covenants under our loan agreements with our lenders, absent a waiver, we will be in 
default of the loan agreements and our lenders can take actions that would adversely affect our business.  

There can be no assurances that we will be able to maintain compliance with the financial and other covenants in our loan agreements. 
In the event we are unable to comply with these covenants during future periods, it is uncertain whether our lenders will grant waivers 
for our non-compliance. If there is an event of default by us under our loan agreements, our lenders have the option to, among other 
things,  accelerate  any  and  all  of  our  obligations  under  the  loan  agreements  which  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our success depends on our senior management team and if we are not able to retain them, it could have a materially adverse 
effect on us. 

We are highly dependent upon the continued services and experience of our senior management team, including Mark S. Gorder, our 
President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  director.    We  depend  on  the  services  of  Mr.  Gorder  and  the  other  members  of  our  senior 
management team to, among other things, continue the development and implementation of our business strategies and maintain and 
develop our client relationships. We do not maintain key-man life insurance for any members of our senior management team. 

Cybersecurity  incidents  could  disrupt  business  operations,  result  in  the  loss  of  critical  and  confidential  information,  and 
adversely impact our reputation and results of operations. 

Global  cybersecurity  threats  can  range  from  uncoordinated  individual  attempts  to  gain  unauthorized  access  to  our  information 
technology  (IT)  systems  to  sophisticated  and  targeted  measures  known  as  advanced  persistent  threats.  While  we  employ 
comprehensive measures to prevent, detect, address and mitigate these threats (including access  controls, vulnerability assessments, 
continuous monitoring of our IT networks and systems and maintenance of backup and protective systems), cybersecurity incidents, 
depending  on  their  nature  and  scope,  could  potentially  result  in  the  misappropriation,  destruction,  corruption  or  unavailability  of 

  14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
critical data and confidential or proprietary information (our own or that of third parties) and  the disruption of business operations. 
The potential consequences of a material cybersecurity incident include reputational damage, litigation with third parties, diminution 
in  the  value  of  our  investment  in  research,  development  and  engineering,  and  increased  cybersecurity  protection  and  remediation 
costs, which in turn could adversely affect our competitiveness and results of operations. 

Our  future  success  depends  in  part  on  the  continued  service  of  our  engineering  and  technical  personnel  and  our  ability  to 
identify, hire and retain additional personnel. 

There is intense competition for qualified personnel in our markets.  We may not be able to continue to attract and retain engineers or 
other  qualified  personnel  necessary  for  the  development  and  growth  of  our  business  or  to  replace  engineers  or  other  qualified 
personnel who may leave our employ in the future.  The failure to retain and recruit key technical personnel could cause additional 
expense, potentially reduce the efficiency of our operations and could harm our business. 

We and/or our customers may be unable to protect our  and their proprietary technology and intellectual property rights or 
keep up with that of competitors. 

Our  ability  to  compete  effectively  against  other  companies  in  our  markets  depends,  in  part,  on  our  ability  and  the  ability  of  our 
customers to protect our and their current and future proprietary technology under patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and unfair 
competition laws. We cannot assure that our means of protecting our proprietary rights in the United States or abroad will be adequate, 
or that others will not develop technologies similar or superior to our technology or design around the proprietary rights we  own or 
license. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in attempting to protect our proprietary rights.  

Also,  despite  the  steps  taken  by  us  to  protect  our  proprietary  rights,  it  may  be  possible  for  unauthorized  third  parties  to  copy  or 
reverse-engineer aspects of our and our customers’ products, develop similar technology independently or otherwise obtain and use 
information that we or our customers regard as proprietary.  We and our customers may be unable to successfully identify or prosecute 
unauthorized uses of our or our customers’ technology.  

If we become subject to material intellectual property infringement claims, we could incur significant expenses and could be 
prevented from selling specific products.  

We may become subject to material claims that we infringe the intellectual property rights of others in the future. We cannot assure 
that,  if  made,  these  claims  will  not  be  successful.  Any  claim  of  infringement  could  cause  us  to  incur  substantial  costs  defending 
against  the  claim  even  if  the  claim  is  invalid,  and  could  distract  management  from  other  business.  Any  judgment  against  us  could 
require substantial payment in damages and could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from offering 
certain products. 

Environmental liability and compliance obligations may affect our operations and results. 

Our manufacturing operations are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations as well as internal programs and policies 
governing: 

air emissions; 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2)  wastewater discharges; 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

the storage, use, handling, disposal and remediation of hazardous substances, wastes and chemicals; and 
employee health and safety. 

If violations of environmental laws occur, we could be held liable for damages, penalties, fines and remedial actions. Our operations 
and  results  could  be  adversely  affected  by  any  material  obligations  arising  from  existing  laws,  as  well  as  any  required  material 
modifications  arising  from  new  regulations  that  may  be  enacted  in  the  future.  We  may  also  be  held  liable  for  past  disposal  of 
hazardous substances generated by our business or former businesses or businesses we acquire. In addition, it is possible that we may 
be held liable for contamination discovered at our present or former facilities. 

We are subject to numerous asbestos-related lawsuits, which could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations 
or liquidity. 

We  are  a  defendant  along  with  a number  of  other  parties  in lawsuits alleging that  plaintiffs  have  or  may  have  contracted  asbestos-
related diseases as a result of exposure to asbestos products or equipment containing asbestos sold by one or more named defendants. 
These lawsuits relate to the discontinued heat technologies segment which we sold in March 2005. Due to the non-informative nature 
of  the  complaints,  we  do  not  know  whether  any  of  the  complaints  state  valid  claims  against  us.  Certain  insurance  carriers  have 
informed  us  that the  primary  policies  for  the  period  August  1, 1970-1978 have  been  exhausted  and  that the  carriers will no  longer 
provide defense and insurance coverage under those policies.    However, we have other primary and excess insurance policies that we 
believe afford coverage for later years.  Some of these other primary insurers have accepted defense and insurance coverage for these 
suits, and some of them have either ignored our tender of defense of these cases, or have denied coverage, or have accepted the tenders 
  15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
but asserted a reservation of rights and/or advised us that they need to investigate further.  Because settlement payments are applied to 
all years a litigant was deemed to have been exposed to asbestos, we believe we will have funds available for defense and insurance 
coverage under the non-exhausted primary and excess insurance policies.   However, unlike the older policies, the more recent policies 
have deductible amounts for defense and settlements costs that we will be required to pay; accordingly, we expect that our litigation 
costs will increase in the future as the older policies are exhausted.  Further, many of the policies covering later years (approximately 
1984 and thereafter) have exclusions for any asbestos products or operations, and thus do not provide insurance coverage for asbestos-
related lawsuits.   If our insurance policies do not cover the costs and any awards for the asbestos-related lawsuits, we will have to use 
our cash or obtain additional financing to pay the asbestos-related obligations and settlement costs. There is no assurance that we will 
have the cash or be able to obtain additional financings on favorable terms to pay asbestos related obligations or settlements should 
they  occur.  The  ultimate  outcome  of  any  legal  matter  cannot  be  predicted  with  certainty.  In  light  of  the  significant  uncertainty 
associated with asbestos lawsuits, there is no guarantee that these lawsuits will not materially adversely affect our financial position, 
results of operations or liquidity. 

The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  has  been  and is  likely  to  continue  to  be  volatile  and  there  has  been  limited  trading 
volume in our stock, which may make it difficult for shareholders to resell common stock when they want to and at prices they 
find attractive. 

The market price of our common stock has been and is likely to be highly volatile, and there has been limited trading volume in our 
common stock. The common stock market price could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, including the 
following: 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

announcements of fluctuations in our or our competitors’ operating results; 
the timing and announcement of sales or acquisitions of assets by us or our competitors; 
changes in estimates or recommendations by securities analysts; 
adverse or unfavorable publicity about our products, technologies or us; 
the commencement of material litigation, or an unfavorable verdict, against us; 
terrorist attacks, war and threats of attacks and war; 
additions or departures of key personnel; and 
sales of common stock. 

In addition, the stock market in recent years has experienced significant price and volume  fluctuations. Such volatility has affected 
many companies irrespective of, or disproportionately to, the operating performance of these companies. These broad fluctuations and 
limited trading volume may materially adversely affect the market price of  our common stock, and your ability to sell our common 
stock. 

Most of  our outstanding shares are available for resale in the public market without restriction. The sale of a large number of these 
shares could adversely affect the share price and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities or make 
acquisitions for common stock. 

“Anti-takeover” provisions may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if the change in control 
would be beneficial to shareholders. 

We  are  a  Pennsylvania  corporation.  Anti-takeover  provisions  in  Pennsylvania  law  and  our  charter  and  bylaws  could  make  it  more 
difficult for a third party to acquire control of us. These provisions could adversely affect the market price of the common stock and 
could reduce the amount that shareholders might receive if we are sold. For example, our charter provides that the board of directors 
may  issue  preferred  stock  without  shareholder  approval.  In  addition,  our  bylaws  provide  for  a  classified  board,  with  each  board 
member serving a staggered three-year term.  Directors may be removed by shareholders only with the approval of the holders of at 
least two-thirds of all of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote. 

Further, under an agreement that we entered into with hi HealthInnovations, a UnitedHealth Group company, in connection with our 
manufacturing agreement, we are required to, among other things, offer to United Healthcare Services, Inc. the right to complete the 
acquisition of our company by a health insurer on the same terms and conditions and the right to participate in certain other sales of 
our company, all of which may have an anti-takeover effect.  For more information, see our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
SEC on November 14, 2011. 

  16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or 
prevent fraud.  As a result, current and potential shareholders and customers could lose confidence in our financial reporting, 
which could harm our business, the trading price of our stock and our ability to retain our current customers or obtain new 
customers.  

Pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  referred  to  as  Section  404,  we  are  required  to  include  in  our  Annual 
Reports  on  Form  10-K,  our  management’s  report  on  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    Currently,  we  are  not  required  to 
include  a  report  of  our  independent registered  public  accounting  firm  on  our  internal  controls  because  we  are  a  “smaller reporting 
company” under SEC rules; therefore, shareholders do not have the benefit of an independent review of our internal controls. While 
we have reported no “material weaknesses” in the Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, we cannot guarantee that 
we  will  not  have  material  weaknesses  in  the  future.  Compliance  with  the  requirements  of  Section  404  is  expensive  and  time-
consuming.  If  in  the  future  we  fail  to  complete  this  evaluation  in  a  timely  manner,  or  if  we  determine  that  we  have  a  material 
weakness, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of public confidence in our internal control over financial reporting. In 
addition,  any  failure  to  establish  an  effective  system  of  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  could  cause  our  current  and  potential 
investors  and  customers to  lose  confidence  in  our  financial  reporting  and  disclosure required  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 
1934, which could adversely affect our business and the market price of our common stock. 

  17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None 

ITEM 2.  Properties 

The Company leases six facilities, three domestically and three internationally, as follows: 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

a 47,000 sq. ft. manufacturing facility in Arden Hills, Minnesota, which also serves as the Company’s headquarters, from a 
partnership consisting of two former officers of IntriCon Inc. and Mark S. Gorder who serves as the chairman of the board, 
president  and  CEO  of  the  Company.    At  this  facility,  the  Company  manufactures  body-worn  devices,  other  than  plastic 
component  parts.    Annual  base  rent  expense,  including  real  estate  taxes  and  other  charges,  is  approximately  $486.  The 
Company believes the terms of the lease agreement are comparable to those which could be obtained from unaffiliated third 
parties. As amended, this lease expires in November 2016.  
a 46,000 sq. ft. building in Vadnais Heights, Minnesota at which IntriCon produces plastic component parts for body-worn 
devices. Annual base rent expense, including real estate taxes and other charges, is approximately $428. This lease expires in 
June 2016.   
a 4,000 square foot building in Escondido, California, which houses assembly operations and administrative offices relating 
to our cardiac monitoring business. Annual base rent expense, including real estate taxes and other charges, is approximately 
$35. This lease expires in April 2016. 
a 28,000 square foot  building in Singapore which houses production facilities and administrative offices. Annual base  rent 
expense,  including  real  estate  taxes  and  other  charges,  of  the  24,000  square  foot  portion  of  the  building  we  use  is 
approximately $290. This lease expires in October 2015.  
a 15,000 square foot facility in Indonesia which houses production facilities.  Annual base rent expense, including real estate 
taxes and other charges is approximately $97. This lease expires in July 2016. 
a 2,000 square foot facility in Germany which houses sales and administrative offices.  Annual base rent expense, including 
real estate taxes and other charges, is approximately $34. This lease expires in June 2017. 

See Notes 14 and 15 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

ITEM 3.  Legal Proceedings 

The  Company  is  a  defendant  along  with  a number  of  other  parties  in  lawsuits  alleging  that  plaintiffs  have  or  may  have  contracted 
asbestos-related diseases as a result of  exposure to asbestos products or equipment containing asbestos sold  by  one or  more named 
defendants.  These  lawsuits  relate  to  the  discontinued  heat  technologies  segment  which  was  sold  in  March  2005.  Due  to  the  non-
informative  nature  of  the  complaints,  the  Company  does  not  know  whether  any  of  the  complaints  state  valid  claims  against  the 
Company. Certain insurance carriers have informed the Company that the primary policies for the period August 1, 1970-1978 have 
been  exhausted  and  that  the  carriers  will  no  longer  provide  defense  and  insurance  coverage  under  those  policies.  However,  the 
Company has other primary and excess insurance policies that the Company believes afford coverage for later years.  Some of these 
other  primary  insurers  have  accepted  defense  and  insurance  coverage  for  these  suits,  and  some  of  them  have  either  ignored  the 
Company’s tender of defense of these cases, or have denied coverage, or have accepted the tenders but asserted a reservation of rights 
and/or advised the Company that they need to investigate further.  Because settlement payments are applied to all years a litigant was 
deemed to have been exposed to asbestos, the Company believes that it will have funds available for defense and insurance coverage 
under the  non-exhausted  primary  and  excess  insurance  policies.    However,  unlike  the  older  policies,  the more recent policies  have 
deductible amounts for defense and settlements costs that the Company will be required to pay; accordingly, the Company expects that 
its litigation costs  will increase in the future. Further, many of the policies covering later years (approximately 1984 and thereafter) 
have exclusions for any asbestos products or operations, and thus do not provide insurance coverage for asbestos-related lawsuits. The 
Company does not believe that the asserted exhaustion of some of the primary insurance coverage for the 1970-1978 period will have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  financial  condition,  liquidity,  or  results  of  operations.  Management  believes  that  the  number  of 
insurance carriers involved in the defense of the suits, and the significant number of policy years and policy limits under which these 
insurance  carriers  are  insuring  the  Company,  make  the  ultimate  disposition  of  these  lawsuits  not  material  to  the  Company's 
consolidated financial position or results of operations.  

The Company’s former wholly owned French subsidiary, Selas SAS, filed for insolvency in France. The Company may be subject to 
additional litigation or liabilities as a result of the French insolvency proceeding.  

The  Company  is  also  involved  in  other  lawsuits  arising  in  the  normal  course  of  business,  as  further  described  in  Note  14  to  the 
consolidated  financial  statements  in  Item  8.    While  it  is  not  possible  to  predict  with  certainty  the  outcome  of  these  matters, 
management is of the opinion that the disposition of these lawsuits and claims will not materially affect the Company’s consolidated 
financial position, liquidity, or results of operations.  

  18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 4A.  Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The names, ages and offices (as of February 19, 2015) of the Company's executive officers were as follows: 

Name 
Mark S. Gorder 
Scott Longval 
Michael P. Geraci 
Dennis L. Gonsior 
Greg Gruenhagen 

Age 
68 
38 
56 
56 
61 

Position 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Company 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company 
Vice President, Sales and Marketing 
Vice President, Global Operations 
Vice President, Corporate Quality and Regulatory Affairs 

Mr.  Gorder  joined  the  Company  in  October  1993  when  Resistance  Technology,  Inc.  (RTI)  (now  known  as  IntriCon,  Inc.)  was 
acquired by the Company. Mr. Gorder received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Mathematics from the St. Olaf College, a Bachelor of 
Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  from  the  University  of  Minnesota  and  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  from  the 
University of Minnesota. Prior to the acquisition, Mr. Gorder was President and one of the founders of RTI, which began operations in 
1977.  Mr. Gorder was promoted to Vice President of the Company and elected to the Board of Directors in April 1996.  In December 
2000,  he  was  elected  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  and  in  April  2001,  Mr.  Gorder  assumed  the  role  of  Chief  Executive 
Officer. 

Mr.  Longval  has  served  as  the  Company’s  Chief  Financial  Officer  since  July  2006.  Mr.  Longval  received  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree in Accounting from the University of  St. Thomas.  Prior to being appointed as CFO, Mr. Longval served as the Company’s 
Corporate  Controller  since  September  2005.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Longval  was  Principal  Project  Analyst  at  ADC 
Telecommunications, Inc., a provider of innovative network infrastructure products and services, from March 2005 until September 
2005.  From  May  2002  until  March  2005  he  was  employed  by  Accellent,  Inc.,  formerly  MedSource  Technologies,  a  provider  of 
outsourcing solutions to the medical device industry, most recently as Manager of Financial Planning and Analysis. From September 
1998 until April 2002, he was employed by Arthur Andersen, most recently as experienced audit senior. 

Mr. Geraci joined the Company in October 1983.  Mr. Geraci received a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from 
Bradley University and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Minnesota – Carlson School of Business. He has 
served as the Company’s Vice President of Sales and Marketing since January 1995. 

Mr.  Gonsior  joined  the  Company  in  February  1982.    Mr.  Gonsior  received  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  Saint  Cloud  State 
University. He has served as the Company’s Vice President of Operations since January 1996. 

Mr.  Gruenhagen  joined the  Company  in  November  1984. Mr.  Gruenhagen received  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  Iowa  State 
University. He has served as the Company’s Vice President of Corporate Quality and Regulatory Affairs since December 2007. Prior 
to that, Mr. Gruenhagen served as Director of Corporate Quality since 2004 and Director of Project Management since 2000. 

  19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The Company’s common shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the ticker symbol “IIN”.    

Market and Dividend Information 

The high and low sale prices of the Company’s common stock during each quarterly period during the past two years were as follows: 

Quarter 
   First 
   Second 
   Third 
   Fourth 

$ 

2014 Market Price Range 
High 
Low 
 3.78 
 5.11 
 4.42 
 8.90 
 5.74 
 8.88 
 5.55 
 6.95 

$

2013 Market Price Range 
Low 
High 
 4.00 
 5.45 
 3.26 
 5.14 
 2.75 
 4.70 
 3.42 
 4.60 

The closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on February 19, 2015, was $8.09 per share. 

At February 19, 2015 the Company had 271 shareholders of record of common stock.  Such number does not reflect shareholders who 
beneficially own common stock in nominee or street name.  

The Company currently intends to retain any future earnings to support operations and to finance the growth and development of its 
business and does not intend to pay cash dividends on its common stock for the foreseeable future.   Any payment of future dividends 
will  be  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  will  depend  upon,  among  other  things,  the  Company’s  earnings,  financial 
condition,  capital  requirements,  level  of  indebtedness,  contractual  restrictions  with  respect  to  the  payment  of  dividends,  and  other 
factors  that  the  Board  of  Directors  deems  relevant.  Terms  of  the  Company’s  banking  agreements  prohibit  the  payment  of  cash 
dividends without prior bank approval. 

See  “Item  12.  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder  Matters  —  Equity 
Compensation Plans” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for disclosure regarding our equity compensation plans. 

In 2014, the Company did not sell any unregistered securities and did not repurchase any of its securities. 

  20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6.  Selected Financial Data 

Year Ended December 31 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

Sales, net 

Gross profit 

Operating expenses 
Interest Expense 
Equity in income (loss) of partnerships 
Gain on sale of investment in partnership 
Other income (expense), net 

$ 

 68,303   $ 

 52,961 

 $ 

 59,955  $ 

 52,095 

$ 

 58,697 

 18,484    

 12,169 

 15,299 

 12,650 

 15,013 

 15,076    
 (461) 
 (228) 
 - 
 227 

 13,507 
 (600) 
 (262) 
 - 
 127 

 13,231 
 (755) 
 (116) 
 822 
 (96) 

 12,709 
 (609) 
 174 
 - 
 52 

 13,419 
 (655) 
 (135) 
 - 
 (4) 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes 
and discontinued operations 

 2,946 

 (2,073) 

 1,923 

 (442) 

 800 

Income tax (expense) benefit 

 (428) 

 (217) 

 (164) 

 160 

 (145) 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before discontinued 
operations 

 2,518 

 (2,290) 

 1,759 

 (282) 

 655 

Gain (Loss) on sale of discontinued operations, net of income 
taxes 

 (120)     

 - 

 - 

 - 

 35 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes 
Net income (loss) 

Basic income (loss) per share: 
   Continuing operations 
   Discontinued operations 
   Net income (loss) 

Diluted income (loss) per share: 
   Continuing operations 
   Discontinued operations 
   Net income (loss) 

 (150) 
 2,248 

 (3,872) 
 (6,162) 

 $ 

 0.43 
 (0.05) 
 0.39 

 $ 

 $ 

 (0.40) 
 (0.68) 
 (1.08) 

 0.42 
 (0.04) 
 0.37 

 $ 

 $ 

 (0.40) 
 (0.68) 
 (1.08) 

 (1,050) 
 709 

 0.31 
 (0.19) 
 0.13 

 0.30 
 (0.18) 
 0.12 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 (1,143) 
 (1,425)  $ 

 (329) 
 361 

 (0.05) 
 (0.20) 
 (0.25) 

 (0.05) 
 (0.20) 
 (0.25) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 0.12 
 (0.05) 
 0.07 

 0.12 
 (0.05) 
 0.07 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding during year: 
   Basic 
   Diluted 

5,791 
6,038 

5,699 
5,699 

 5,669 
 5,888 

 5,599 
 5,599 

 5,484 
 5,535 

  21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Other Financial Highlights 

Year Ended December 31 

2014 

2013  (b)    

2012  (b)    

2011  (b)    

2010 

Working capital (a) 
Total assets 
Long-term debt 
Shareholders' equity 
Depreciation and amortization 

 7,804  
 33,961  
 4,627  
 16,107  
 2,182  

 5,978  
 32,720  
 6,271  
 13,308  
 2,402  

 8,893  
 39,132  
 7,222  
 18,722  
 1,983  

 8,207  
 40,730  
 8,217  
 17,446  
 2,083  

 8,615 
 36,267 
 6,465 
 18,571 
 2,601 

(a)  Working capital is equal to current assets less current liabilities. 
(b) 

In 2013, the Company classified its security and certain microphone, and receiver operations as discontinued operations. The 
Company revised its financial statements for 2011 and 2012 to reflect the discontinued operations. 

  22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Company Overview 

IntriCon  Corporation,  (the  “Company”  or  “IntriCon”,  “we”,  “us”  or  “our”)  is  an  international  company  engaged  in  the  designing, 
developing, engineering and manufacturing of body-worn devices.  The Company serves the body-worn device market by designing, 
developing,  engineering and manufacturing  micro-miniature  products, microelectronics, micro-mechanical  assemblies and  complete 
assemblies, primarily for bio-telemetry devices, hearing instruments and professional audio communication devices.   

As  discussed  below,  the  Company  has  one  operating  segment  -  its  body-worn  device  segment.    Our  expertise  in  this  segment  is 
focused  on  three  main  markets:  medical,  hearing  health  and  professional  audio  communications.  Within  these  chosen  markets,  we 
combine  ultra-miniature  mechanical  and  electronics  capabilities  with  proprietary  technology  –  including  ultra  low  power  (ULP) 
wireless and digital signal processing (DSP) capabilities – that enhances the performance of body-worn devices. 

Business Highlights  

The Company reported its strongest financial results in over a decade, including its strongest revenue, margin and earnings. 

On December 4, 2014 the Company announced an exclusive distribution agreement with PC Werth in the United Kingdom. PC Werth, 
through its partnership with IntriCon, has been appointed as one of the main suppliers to the National Health Service (NHS) Supply 
Chain’s  National  Framework.  The  NHS  is  the  largest  purchaser  of  hearing  aids  in  the  world,  supplying  an  estimated  1.2  million 
hearing aids annually. 

On  February  14,  2014,  the  Company  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries  entered  into  a  Sixth  Amendment  to  the  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement and Waiver with The PrivateBank and Trust Company, which among other things extended the maturity date of the term 
loan and revolving credit facility to February 28, 2018 (refer to Note 7). 

On  January  27,  2014, the  Company  sold  its remaining  security  and  certain  microphone  and receiver  operations;  which marked the 
final milestone in the global strategic restructuring plan announced in 2013.  

Forward–Looking Statements 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our financial 
statements and the related notes appearing in Item 8 of this report. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements 
that  involve  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions.  Our  actual results  may  differ  materially  from  those  anticipated  in  these  forward- 
looking statements as a result of many factors, including but not limited to those under the heading “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.  See also Item 1. “Business—Forward-Looking Statements” for more information. 

  23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations:  2014 Compared with 2013 

Consolidated Net Sales 

Our  net  sales  are  comprised  of  three  main  markets:  medical,  hearing  health,  and  professional  audio  -  collectively  our  body-worn 
device segment.  Below is a recap of our sales by main markets for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

Medical     
Hearing Health     
Professional Audio Communications     
Consolidated Net Sales     

Change 

2014 

2013 

Dollars  

$ 

$ 

 35,109 
 22,959 
 10,235 
 68,303 

$ 

$ 

 25,978 
 19,739 
 7,244 
 52,961 

$ 

$ 

 9,131 
 3,220 
 2,991 
 15,342 

Percent 
35.1% 
16.3% 
41.3% 
29.0% 

In 2014, we experienced a 35.1 percent increase in medical sales primarily driven by higher sales to Medtronic and other key medical 
customers. In September 2013, Medtronic received Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval for their MiniMed 530G insulin 
pump system. To support their MiniMed 530G system launch, we built and sold significant inventory from the fourth quarter of 2013 
through the first half of 2014, which is the primary reason sales have increased significantly from the prior period. While the company 
has satisfied the initial launch volume requirements, IntriCon anticipates sequential Medtronic revenue growth in 2015. Management 
believes that the industry-wide trend to shift the point of care from expensive traditional settings, such as hospitals, to less expensive 
non-traditional settings like the home, will result in growth of the medical bio-telemetry industry. IntriCon currently serves this market 
by offering medical manufacturers the capabilities to design, develop and manufacture medical devices that are easier to use, are more 
miniature, use less power, and are lighter. IntriCon has a strong presence in both the diabetes market, with its Medtronic partnership, 
and  cardiac  diagnostic  monitoring  bio-telemetry  market.  The  Company  believes  there  are  growth  opportunities  in  these  markets  as 
well  other  emerging  biotelemetry  and  home  care  markets,  such  as  sleep  apnea,  that  could  benefit  from  its  capabilities  to  develop 
devices that are more technologically advanced, smaller and lightweight.  

Net sales in our hearing health business for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased 16.3 percent over the same period in 2013. 
The increase was primarily due to strong device sales to hi HealthInnovations and to the conventional hearing health channel. Market 
dynamics,  such  as  low  penetration rates, an  aging  population,  and  the need  for  reduced  cost  and  convenience,  have  resulted  in  the 
emergence of alternative care models, such the insurance channel and PSAP channel. IntriCon believes it is very  well positioned to 
serve these value hearing health market channels. The Company will be aggressively pursuing larger customers who can benefit from 
our value proposition. Over the past several years, the Company has invested heavily in core technologies, product platforms and its 
global manufacturing capabilities geared to provide high-tech, lower-cost hearing devices. 

Net sales to the professional audio device sector increased 41.3 percent in 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. During 2014, 
the  Company  delivered  on  a  contract  with  the  Singapore  government  to  provide  technically  advanced  headsets  worn  in  military 
applications, which makes up a large portion of the period over period increase. IntriCon will continue to leverage its core technology 
in professional audio to support existing customers, as well as pursue related hearing health and medical product opportunities. 

Gross Profit 

Gross profit, both in dollars and as a percent of sales, for 2014 and 2013, were as follows: 

2014 

Percent 
of Sales 

2013 

Change 

Dollars 

Percent 
of Sales 

Dollars 

27.1% 

$

 12,169 

23.0% 

$

 6,315 

Percent 
51.9% 

Dollars 

$ 

 18,484 

Gross Profit 

The  2014  gross  profit  increase  over  the  comparable  prior  year  period  was  primarily  due  to  higher  overall  sales  volumes  and  cost 
reductions from global restructuring initiatives, partially offset by a less favorable sales mix. 

  24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales and Marketing, General and Administrative and Research and Development Expenses 

Sales and marketing, general and administrative and research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 
2013 were: 

Sales and Marketing 
General and Administrative 
Research and Development 

2014 

Dollars 

$

 3,699 
 6,462 
 4,832 

Percent 
of Sales 

  Dollars 

2013 

  Percent    
  of Sales 

Change 

Dollars 

Percent 

  $

5.4% 
9.5% 
7.1% 

 3,308 
 5,789 
 4,181 

$

6.2% 
10.9% 
7.9% 

 391 
 673 
 651 

11.8% 
11.6% 
15.6% 

Sales and marketing expenses increased due to the addition of experienced professionals and greater commission expenses based on 
the revenue growth. General and administrative expenses are greater than the prior year period primarily due to increased support 
costs. Also, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses increased due to support for VHH opportunities. Research 
and development increased over the prior year periods primarily due to a research and development tax credit accrued in the third 
quarter of 2013 of $567 and increased expenses in 2014 to support the Company’s VHH initiative. 

Restructuring charges 

On June 13, 2013 the Company announced a global strategic restructuring plan designed to accelerate the Company’s future growth 
by focusing resources on the highest potential growth areas and to reduce costs. The plan was approved by the Company’s Board of 
Directors  on  June  12,  2013.  As  part  of  this  plan,  the  Company:  reduced  investment  in  certain  non-core  professional  audio 
communications product lines; transferred specific product lines from Singapore to the Company’s lower-cost manufacturing facility 
in  Batam,  Indonesia;  reduced  global  administrative  and  support  workforce;  transferred  the  medical  coil  operations  from  the 
Company’s Maine facility to Minnesota to better leverage existing manufacturing capacity; sold its remaining security, microphone 
and receiver operations; added experienced professionals in value hearing health; and focused more resources in medical biotelemetry. 
During  2014,  the  Company  incurred  restructuring  charges  of  $83  and  during  2013  the  Company  incurred  restructuring  charges  of 
$229. These charges are primarily related to employee termination benefits from the restructuring of its continuing operations. In the 
future, the Company does not expect to incur any additional cash charges related to this restructuring. 

Interest Expense 

Interest expense for 2014 was $461, a decrease of $139 from $600 in 2013.  The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to 
lower average debt balances compared to the prior year. 

Equity in Loss of Partnerships 

The equity in loss of partnerships for 2014 was $228 compared to $262 in 2013.   

The  Company  recorded  a  $182  decrease  in  the  carrying  amount  of  its  investment  in  the  Hearing  Instrument  Manufacturers  Patent 
Partnership  (“HIMPP”)  for  2014,  reflecting  amortization  of  the  patents  and  other  intangibles  and  the  Company’s  portion  of  the 
partnership’s  operating results  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  compared  to  a  $204  decrease  in the  carrying amount  of  the 
investment in 2013 for the amortization of the patents and other intangibles and the Company’s portion of the partnership’s operating 
results for the year ended December 31, 2013. Also, in 2014 the Company paid $46 in operating expenses for HIMPP compared to 
$58 in 2013. 

Other Income (Expense), net 

In 2014, other income (expense), net was $227 compared to $127 in 2013 primarily due to a royalty payment received in 2014. 

  25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Tax Expense  

Income taxes were as follows: 

Income tax expense 

Percentage of income tax expense of income from 
continuing operations before income taxes and 
discontinued operations 

2014 

2013 

$

 428 

$

 217 

14.5%  

10.5%   

The  expense  in  2014  and  2013  was  primarily  due  to  foreign taxes  on  German and  Singapore  operations. The  Company  is  in a net 
operating loss position (“NOL”) for US federal and state income tax purposes and, consequently, incurs minimal income tax expense 
from  the  current  period  domestic  operations.  Our  deferred  tax  asset  related  to  the  NOL  carry  forwards  has  been  offset  by  a  full 
valuation allowance. We have approximately $22,861 of NOL carry forwards available to offset future U.S. federal income taxes that 
begin to expire in 2022. 

Loss from Discontinued Operations 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $270 compared to a loss of $3,872 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013.  Included  in  the net  loss  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  was  $1,700  in  impairment 
charges. 

Results of Operations:  2013 Compared with 2012 

Consolidated Net Sales 

Below is a recap of our sales by main markets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

Year Ended December 31 
Medical     
Hearing Health     
Professional Audio Communications     
Consolidated Net Sales     

2013 

 25,978 
 19,739 
 7,244 
 52,961 

2012 
 24,463 
 23,806 
 11,686 
 59,955 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Change 

Dollars  

 1,515 
 (4,067) 
 (4,442) 
 (6,994) 

 $ 

 $ 

Percent 
6.2% 
-17.1%
-38.0%

-11.7%

In 2013, we experienced a 6.2 percent increase in medical sales primarily driven by higher sales to Medtronic and other key medical 
customers. In September 2013, Medtronic obtained FDA approval for the 530G insulin pump system. As such, medical market sales 
strengthened in the 2013 fourth quarter as Medtronic ramped for its launch of the MiniMed 530G. 

Net sales in our hearing health business for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased 17.1 percent over the same period in 2012 
primarily due to the reduced purchases by hi HealthInnovations and the continued softness in the conventional channel consistent with 
industry trends.  

Net sales to the professional audio device sector decreased 38.0 percent in 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. The decline was 
primarily due to the end of a Singapore government contract that was completed in 2012, the strategic decision to rationalize select 
non-core professional audio communications product lines, and the U.S. government sequestration and disruption associated with the 
federal government shutdown.  

  26

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Profit 

Gross profit, both in dollars and as a percent of sales, for 2013 and 2012, were as follows: 

Year Ended December 31 
Gross Profit 

2013 

Percent 
of Sales 

Dollars 

2012 

Percent 
of Sales 

Dollars 

Change 

Dollars 

Percent 

$ 

 12,169 

23.0% 

$  15,299 

25.5% 

$

 (3,130) 

-20.5% 

The  2013  gross  profit  decrease  over  the  comparable  prior  year  periods  was  primarily  due  to  lower  overall  sales  volumes  partially 
offset by cost reductions from the global restructuring.  

Sales and Marketing, General and Administrative and Research and Development Expenses 

Sales and marketing, general and administrative and research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 
2012 were: 

Year Ended December 31 
Sales and Marketing 
General and Administrative 
Research and Development 

2013 

Dollars 

$  3,308 
 5,789 
 4,181 

Percent 
of Sales 

6.2% 
10.9% 
7.9% 

2012 

Change 

Dollars 

$  3,324 
 5,426 
 4,481 

Percent  
of Sales 

5.5% 
9.1% 
7.5% 

Dollars 

  Percent 

$

 (16)
 363 
 (300)

-0.5%
6.7% 
-6.7%

Sales  and  marketing  decreased  slightly  over  the  prior  year  due  to  reduced  sales  and  related  selling  commissions.  During  the  third 
quarter  of  2013,  the  Company  contracted  with  an  experienced  hearing  health  veteran  to  lead  the  Value  Hearing  Health  strategic 
initiative.  General  and  administrative  expenses  increased  over  the  prior  year  period  primarily  driven  by  increased  stock  based 
compensation  and  increased  administrative  bank  fees  compared  to  2012.  Research  and  development  decreased  over  the  prior  year 
primarily due to research and development tax credit refunds accrued of $567 and the global restructure plan, partially offset by higher 
outside service costs. 

Restructuring charges 

During  2013,  the  Company  incurred  charges  of  $229,  primarily  related  to  employee  termination  severance  costs,  from  the 
restructuring of its continuing operations. On June 13, 2013, the Company announced a global strategic restructuring plan designed to 
accelerate  the  Company’s  future  growth  by  focusing  resources  on  the  highest  potential  growth  areas  and  reduce  costs  by 
approximately $3.0 million annually. 

Interest Expense 

Interest  expense  for  2013  was  $600, a  decrease  of  $155  from  $755 in  2012.  The  decrease  in  interest  expense  was  primarily  due  to 
lower average debt balances compared to the prior year. 

Equity in Income (Loss) of Partnerships 

The equity in loss of partnerships for 2013 was $262 compared to $116 in 2012.  

The  Company  recorded  a  $204  decrease  in  the  carrying  amount  of  its  investment  in  the  Hearing  Instrument  Manufacturers  Patent 
Partnership  (“HIMPP”)  for  2013,  reflecting  amortization  of  the  patents  and  other  intangibles  and  the  Company’s  portion  of  the 
partnership’s  operating results  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  compared  to  a  $166  decrease  in the  carrying amount  of  the 
investment in 2012 for the amortization of the patents and other intangibles and the Company’s portion of the partnership’s operating 
results for the year ended December 31, 2012. Also, in 2013 the Company paid $58 in operating expenses for HIMPP compared to 
$50 in 2012. 

Prior to the sale of the Global Coils joint venture interest in 2012, the Company recorded a $50 increase in the carrying amount of 
IntriCon’s  investment in this  joint  venture, reflecting  the  Company’s  portion  of  the  joint  venture’s  operating results  for  year  ended 
December 31, 2012, respectively. 

  27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Gain on Sale of Investment in Partnership 

In August 2012, the Company sold its 50% interest in its Global Coils joint venture, to its joint venture partner Audemars SA. The 
Global  Coils  joint  venture  is  in  the  business  of  marketing,  designing,  manufacturing,  and  selling  audio  coils  to  the  hearing  health 
industry.  Audemars  paid  $426  in  cash  at  closing  and  will  make  future  payments,  both  one  time  and  recurring,  as  specified  in  the 
purchase agreement. Audemars also transferred certain hearing health inventory to IntriCon. The Company recorded a gain on the sale 
of $822 in the gain on sale of investment in partnership line of the accompanying statement of operations. 

The net gain was computed as follows: 

Cash proceeds  
Receivables 
Inventory 
Net assets disposed  
Transaction costs 
   Gain on sale  

Other Income (Expense), net 

 $    426 
721 
186 
(486) 
    (25) 
$    822 

In 2013, other income (expense), net was $127 compared to $ (96) in 2012 primarily related to the gain (loss) on foreign currency 
exchange. 

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit  

Income taxes were as follows: 

Income tax (expense) benefit 
Percentage of income tax (expense) benefit of income from continuing 
operations before income taxes and discontinued operations 

$

2013 

 (217) 
10.5% 

$

2012 

 (164) 
-8.5% 

The expense in 2013 and 2012 was primarily due to foreign taxes on German and Singapore operations. The Company is in a net 
operating loss position (“NOL”) for US  federal and state income tax purposes and,  consequently, minimal income tax expense 
from  the  current  period  domestic  operations  was  recognized.  Our  deferred  tax  asset related  to  the  NOL  carryforward has  been 
effected by a full valuation allowance.  

Loss from Discontinued Operations 

Loss  from  discontinued  operations, net  of  income  taxes,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  was  $3,872  compared  to  a  loss  of 
$1,050 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in the loss was driven by decreased sales to the U.S. government due to 
the sequestration and disruption associated with the federal government shutdown. Also, included in the net loss for the  year ended 
December 31, 2013 was $1,700 in impairment charges. 

  28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Our primary sources  of  cash have been cash flows  from operations, bank borrowings, and other financing transactions. For the last 
three  years,  cash has  been  used  for  repayments  of  bank  borrowings,  purchases  of  equipment,  establishment  of  an  additional  Asian 
manufacturing facility and working capital to support research and development.   

As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately $328 of cash on hand.  Sources and uses of our cash for the year ended December 
31, 2014 have been from our operations, as described below.  

Consolidated net working capital increased to $7,804 at December 31, 2014 from $5,978 at December 31, 2013. Our cash flows from 
operating,  investing  and  financing  activities,  as  reflected  in  the  statement  of  cash  flows  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  are 
summarized as follows: 

Cash provided by (used in): 
Operating activities 
Investing activities  
Financing activities 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 
Increase (decrease) in cash  

$ 

$ 

December 31, 2014 

  December 31, 2013 

December 31, 2012 

$ 

 2,921 
 (958)  
 (1,698)  
 (154)  

 111  

$ 

 2,674  $ 
 (930) 
 (1,763) 
 11  

 (8)  $ 

 2,006 
 (1,109) 
 (799) 
 8 
 106 

Operating Activities.  The most significant items that contributed to the $2,921 of cash provided from operating activities was net 
income of $2,248, add backs for non-cash depreciation and stock compensation, partially offset by increases in accounts receivable 
and  inventory.  Days  sales  in  inventory  decreased  from  76  at  December  31,  2013  to  75  at  December  31,  2014.    Days  payables 
outstanding remained stable at 50 days for both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014.  Day sales outstanding increased from 
33 days at December 31, 2013 to 41 days at December 31, 2014. 

Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities of $958 consisted of $1,524 of purchases of property, plant and equipment 
partially  offset  by  proceeds  of  $500  from  the  sale  of  the  Company’s  discontinued  securities  and  certain  microphone  and receiver 
businesses.  

Financing Activities.  Net cash used by financing activities of $1,698 was comprised primarily of repayments of borrowings under 
our credit facilities, partially offset by proceeds of new borrowings. 

Cash  generated  from  operations  may  be  affected  by  a  number  of  factors.  See  “Forward  Looking  Statements”  and  “Item  1A  Risk 
Factors”  contained  in  this  Form  10-K  for  a  discussion  of  some  of  the  factors  that  can  negatively  impact  the  amount  of  cash  we 
generate from our operations. 

We had the following bank arrangements at December 31: 

December 31, 2014 

December 31, 2013 

Total borrowing capacity under existing facilities 

$ 

 10,925 

$ 

 11,051 

Facility Borrowings: 

Domestic revolving credit facility 
Domestic term loan 
Foreign overdraft and letter of credit facility 

Total borrowings and commitments 

 3,843 
 1,750 
 920 
 6,513 

Remaining availability under existing facilities 

$ 

 4,412 

$ 

Domestic Credit Facilities 

 4,450 
 2,750 
 1,281 
 8,481 

 2,570 

The  Company  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries  are  parties  to  a  credit  facility  with  The  PrivateBank  and  Trust  Company.  The  credit 
facility, as amended, provides for:  

  29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

an $8,000 revolving credit facility, with a $200 sub facility for letters of credit.  Under the revolving credit facility, the 
availability  of  funds  depends  on  a  borrowing  base  composed  of  stated  percentages  of  the  Company’s  eligible  trade 
receivables and eligible inventory, and eligible equipment less a reserve; and 

a term loan in the original amount of $4,000.  

In February 2014, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries entered into a Sixth Amendment to the Loan and Security  Agreement  
and Waiver with The PrivateBank and Trust Company. The amendment, among other things:  

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

extended  the  term  loan  and  revolving  loan  maturity  date  to  February  28,  2018,  keeping  the  existing  term  loan 
amortization schedule in place; 

increased the eligible accounts receivable borrowing percentage from eighty percent to eight-five percent for all eligible 
accounts  other  than  two  specific  customers  which  will  be  ninety  percent.  Under  the  revolving  credit  facility  as 
amended,  the  availability  of  funds  depends  on  a  borrowing  base  composed  of  stated  percentages  of  the  Company’s 
eligible trade receivables and inventory, less a reserve;  

amended the applicable base rate margin, applicable LIBOR rate margin, applicable LOC fee and applicable non-use 
fee based on the then applicable leverage ratio; 

amended the funded debt to EBITDA and fixed charge coverage covenants; 

revised the definition of net income. 

 approved the application of net proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations in 2014 against amounts outstanding 
under the revolving credit facility; and 

waived certain financial covenant defaults as of December 31, 2013. 

Due to the Sixth Amendment as described above, the term loan and the revolving loan maturity date has been extended to February 
28, 2018. As a result, all of the borrowings under this agreement have been characterized as either a current or long-term liability on 
our balance sheet in accordance with the repayment terms described more fully below. 

Loans  under the  credit  facility  are  secured  by  a  security  interest  in  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  and  its  domestic 
subsidiaries including a pledge of the stock of its domestic subsidiaries. Loans under the credit facility bear interest at varying rates 
based on the Company’s leverage ratio of funded debt / EBITDA, at the option of the Company, at: 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

the London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.75% - 4.00%, or 

the base rate, which is the higher of (a) the rate publicly announced from time to time by the lender as its “prime rate” and (b) 
the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, plus 0.00% - 1.25% ; in each case, depending on the Company’s leverage ratio.  

Interest is payable monthly in arrears, except that interest on LIBOR based loans is payable at the end of the one, two or three month 
interest periods applicable to LIBOR based loans. IntriCon is also required to pay a non-use fee equal to 0.25% per year of the unused 
portion of the revolving line of credit facility, payable quarterly in arrears.  

Weighted average interest on our domestic credit facilities was 4.51%, 4.30%, and 4.52% for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.  

The outstanding balance of the revolving credit facility  was $3,843 and $4,450 at December 31, 2014  and 2013, respectively.  The 
total remaining availability  on  the  revolving  credit  facility  was  approximately  $3,456  and  $1,682  at  December  31, 2014  and  2013, 
respectively.  

The outstanding principal balance of the term loan, as amended, is payable in quarterly installments of $250. Any remaining principal 
and accrued interest is payable on February 28, 2018. IntriCon is also required to use 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset 
sales (excluding inventory and certain other dispositions), sale of capital securities or issuance of debt to pay down the term loan. 

The borrowers are subject to various covenants under the credit facility, including a maximum funded debt to EBITDA, a minimum 
fixed  charge  coverage  ratio  and  maximum  capital  expenditure  financial  covenants.  Under  the  credit  facility,  except  as  otherwise 
permitted, the borrowers may not, among other things: incur or permit to exist any indebtedness; grant or permit to exist any liens or 
security interests on their assets or pledge the stock of any subsidiary; make investments; be a party to any merger or consolidation, or 
purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or equity of any other entity; sell, transfer, convey or lease all or any substantial part of 

  30

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
its  assets  or  capital  securities;  sell  or  assign,  with  or  without  recourse,  any  receivables;  issue  any  capital  securities;  make  any 
distribution or dividend (other than stock dividends), whether in cash or otherwise, to any of its equity holders; purchase or redeem 
any of its equity interests or any warrants, options or other rights to equity; enter into any transaction with any of its affiliates or with 
any  director,  officer  or  employee  of  any  borrower;  be  a  party  to  any  unconditional  purchase  obligations;  cancel  any  claim  or  debt 
owing to it; make payment on or changes to any subordinated debt; enter into any agreement inconsistent with the provisions of the 
credit facility  or other agreements and documents entered into in connection with the credit facility; engage in any line  of  business 
other than the businesses engaged in on the date of the credit facility and businesses reasonably related thereto; or permit its charter, 
bylaws  or other organizational documents to be amended or modified in any  way  which could reasonably be expected to materially 
adversely affect the interests of the lender.  The Company was in compliance with the fixed charge, leverage and capital expenditure 
covenants under the credit facility as of December 31, 2014. 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default (as defined in the credit facility), the lender may, among other 
things: terminate its commitments to the borrowers (including terminating or suspending its obligation to make loans and advances); 
declare all outstanding loans, interest and fees to be immediately due and payable; take possession of and sell any pledged assets and 
other collateral; and exercise any and all rights and remedies available to it under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable 
law. In the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of any borrower, all commitments of the lender will automatically terminate and all 
outstanding loans, interest and fees will be immediately due and payable. Events of default include, among other things, failure to pay 
any  amounts  when  due;  material  misrepresentation;  default  in  the  performance  of  any  covenant,  condition  or  agreement  to  be 
performed  that  is  not  cured  within  20  days  after  notice  from  the  lender;  default  in  the  performance  of  obligations  under  certain 
subordinated debt, default in the payment of other indebtedness or other obligation with an outstanding principal balance of more than 
$50, or of any other term, condition or covenant contained in the agreement under which such obligation is created, the effect of which 
is to allow the other party to accelerate such payment or to terminate the agreements; a breach by a borrower under certain material 
agreements,  the  result  of  which  breach  is  the  suspension  of  the  counterparty’s  performance  thereunder,  delivery  of  a  notice  of 
acceleration or termination of such agreement; the insolvency  or bankruptcy  of any  borrower; the entrance of any judgment against 
any borrower in excess of $50, which is not fully covered by insurance; any divestiture of assets or stock of a subsidiary constituting a 
substantial  portion  of  borrowers’  assets;  the  occurrence  of  a  change  in  control  (as  defined  in  the  credit  facility);  certain  collateral 
impairments; a contribution failure with respect to any employee benefit plan that gives rise to a lien under ERISA; and the occurrence 
of any event which lender determines could be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect (as defined in the credit facility).  

During  2014,  the  Company  entered  into  interest  rate  swaps  with  The  PrivateBank  which  are  accounted  for  as  effective  cash  flow 
hedges. The interest rate swaps had a combined initial notional amount of $3,750, with a portion of the swap amortizing on a basis 
consistent  with  the $250 quarterly  installments required  under the  term  loan.  The interest rate  swaps  fix  the  Company's  one  month 
LIBOR interest rate on the notional amounts at rates ranging from 0.80% - 1.45%. We hold a right to cancel the interest rate swaps 
starting  August  31,  2016.    Interest  rate  swaps,  which  are  considered  derivative  instruments,  of  $19  and  $22  are  reported  in  the 
consolidated balance sheets at fair value in other current liabilities at December 31, 2014 and 2013.  

Foreign Credit Facility 

In addition to its domestic credit facilities, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, IntriCon, PTE LTD., entered into an international 
senior  secured  credit  agreement  with  Oversea-Chinese  Banking  Corporation  Ltd.  that  provides  for  a  $1,876  line  of  credit  as  of 
December  31,  2014  based  on  applicable  exchange  rates.  Borrowings  bear  interest  at  a  rate  of  .75%  to  2.5%  over  the  lender’s 
prevailing  prime  lending  rate.    Weighted  average  interest  on  the  international  credit  facilities  was  4.50%  and  3.95%  for  the  years 
ended  December  31, 2014 and  2013. The  outstanding  balance  was  $920 and  $1,281 at  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  respectively.  
The total remaining availability on the international senior secured credit agreement was approximately $956 and $888 at December 
31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

We  believe  that  funds  expected  to  be  generated  from  operations and the  available  borrowing  capacity  through  our revolving  credit 
loan  facilities  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  anticipated  cash  requirements  for  operating  needs  for  at  least  the  next  12  months.  If, 
however, we do not generate sufficient cash from operations, or if we incur additional unanticipated liabilities, we may be required to 
seek  additional  financing  or  sell  equity  or  debt  on  terms  which may  not  be  as  favorable  as  we  could  have  otherwise  obtained.  No 
assurance can be given that any refinancing, additional borrowing or sale of equity or debt will be possible when needed or that we 
will be able to negotiate acceptable terms. In addition, our access to capital is affected  by prevailing conditions in the financial and 
equity capital markets, as well as our own financial condition. While management believes that we will be able to meet our liquidity 
needs for at least the next 12 months, no assurance can be given that we will be able to do so. 

  31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations 

The following table represents our contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding interest expense, as of December 
31, 2014. 

Contractual Obligations 

Total 

Less than 
1 Year 

1-3 Years 

    3-5 Years 

Domestic credit facility 
Domestic term loan 
Foreign overdraft and letter of credit facility 

  $ 

 3,843   $ 
 1,750  
 920  

 -   $ 

 1,000  
 886  

 -   $ 

 750  
 34  

 3,843   $ 
 -  
 -  

More 
than 5 
Years 
 - 
 - 
 - 

Pension and other postretirement benefit 
obligations 
Operating leases 
Other 
Total contractual obligations 

 1,424  
 2,058  
 175  
 10,170   $ 

 220  
 1,307  
 175  
 3,588   $ 

 395  
 751  
 -  
 1,930   $ 

 338  

 -  
 4,181   $ 

 471 
 - 
 - 
 471 

  $ 

There are certain provisions in the underlying contracts that could accelerate our contractual obligations as noted above. 

Foreign Currency Fluctuation 

Generally, the effect of changes in foreign currencies on our results of operations is partially or wholly offset by our ability to make 
corresponding  price  changes  in  the  local  currency.  From  time  to  time,  the  impact  of  fluctuations  in  foreign  currencies  may  have  a 
material effect on the financial results of the Company.  Foreign currency transaction amounts included in the statements of operation 
include  losses  of  $51,  $42  and  $177  in  2014,  2013  and  2012,  respectively.  See  Note  11  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial 
statements included herein.  

Off-Balance Sheet Obligations 

We had no material off-balance sheet obligations as of December 31, 2014 other than the operating leases disclosed above. 

Related Party Transactions 

For a discussion of related party transactions, see Note 15 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included herein. 

Litigation 

For  a  discussion  of  litigation,  see  “Item  3.  Legal  Proceedings”  and  Note  14  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements 
included herein. 

New Accounting Pronouncements 

See “New Accounting Pronouncements” set forth in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this 
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  for  information  pertaining  to  recently  adopted  accounting  standards  or  accounting  standards  to  be 
adopted in the future. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The significant accounting policies of the Company are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements and have  been 
reviewed with the audit committee of our Board of Directors. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and 
the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. 

Certain  accounting  estimates  and  assumptions  are  particularly  sensitive  because  of  their  importance  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  and  possibility  that  future  events  affecting  them  may  differ  markedly.  The  accounting  policies  of  the  Company  with 
significant estimates and assumptions are described below. 

  32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue Recognition  

The  Company  recognizes revenue  when  the  customer  takes  ownership,  primarily  upon  product  shipment, and assumes  risk  of  loss, 
collection  of  the  relevant  receivable  is  probable,  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists  and  the  sales  price  is  fixed  or 
determinable.   

Customers  have  30  days  to  notify  the  Company  if  the  product  is  damaged  or  defective.    Beyond  that,  there  are  no  significant 
obligations that remain after shipment other than warranty obligations.  Contracts with customers do not include product return rights, 
however, the Company may elect in certain circumstances to accept returns of products.  The Company records revenue for product 
sales  net  of  returns.    Sales  and  use  tax  are  reported  on  a  net  basis.    The  Company  defers  recognition  of  revenue  on  discounts  to 
customers if discounts are considered significant. 

In general, the  Company  warrants its  products  to  be  free  from  defects  in  material and  workmanship and  will  fully  conform to  and 
perform to specifications for a period of  one year. The Company develops a warranty reserve based on historical experience. While 
the Company’s  warranty  costs have historically  been within its expectations, the Company cannot guarantee that it will continue to 
experience the same warranty return rates or repair costs that it has experienced in the past. 

Accounts Receivable Reserves 

This  reserve  is  an  estimate  of  the  amount  of  accounts  receivable  that  are  uncollectible.  The  reserve  is  based  on  a  combination  of 
specific customer knowledge, general economic conditions and historical trends. Management believes the results could be materially 
different if economic conditions change for our customers. 

Inventory Valuation 

Inventory is recorded at the lower of  our cost or market value. Market value is an estimate of the future net realizable value of  our 
inventory.  It  is  based  on  historical  trends,  product  life  cycles,  forecasts  of  future  inventory  needs  and  on-hand  inventory  levels. 
Management  believes  reserve  levels  could  be  materially  affected  by  changes  in  technology,  our  customer  base,  customer  needs, 
general economic conditions and the success of certain Company sales programs. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually on November 30th of each year or more frequently if changes in circumstances or the 
occurrence of events suggest impairment exists. Consistent with prior years, in 2014 the Company utilized the two-step impairment 
analysis and elected not to use the qualitative assessment or “step zero” approach. In the two-step impairment analysis, in step one, the 
fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, no 
further  analysis  is  required  and no  impairment  loss  is  recognized.  If  the  carrying  value  exceeds  the  fair  value,  the  goodwill  of  the 
reporting unit is potentially impaired and the Company would then complete step two in order to measure the impairment loss. In step 
two,  the  Company  would  calculate  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  by  deducting the  fair  value  of  all tangible  and intangible net 
assets (including unrecognized intangible assets) of the reporting unit from the fair value of the reporting unit. If the implied fair value 
of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, the Company  would recognize an impairment loss, in the period identified, 
equal to the difference. The Company concluded that no impairment of goodwill or intangible assets existed as of November 30, 2014. 

Long-lived Assets 

The carrying value of long-lived assets is periodically assessed to insure their carrying value does not exceed the undiscounted cash 
flows expected to be generated from their expected use and eventual disposition. This assessment includes certain assumptions related 
to  future  needs  for  the  asset  to  help  generate  future  cash  flow.  Changes  in  those  assessments,  future  economic  conditions  or 
technological changes could have a material adverse impact on the carrying value of these assets. 

Deferred Taxes 

The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which 
those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and projected 
future taxable income in making this assessment. Actual future operating results, as well as changes in our future performance, could 
have a material impact on the valuation allowance. 

Employee Benefit Obligations  

We provide retirement and health care insurance for certain domestic and retirees and former Selas employees. We measure the costs 
of our obligation based on our best estimate. The net periodic costs are recognized as employees render the services necessary to earn 
the post-retirement benefit. Several assumptions and statistical variables are used in the models to calculate the expense and liability 
  33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
related to the plans.  We determine assumptions about the discount rate, the expected rate of return on plan assets and the future rate of 
compensation increases. The actuarial models also use assumptions on demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover. 
Changes in actuarial assumptions could vary materially from actual results due to economic events and different rates of retirement, 
mortality and withdrawal. 

ITEM 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management of IntriCon Corporation and its subsidiaries (“the Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  The 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles.  The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1) pertain  to 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
Company;  (2) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  the  financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being 
made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  Company;  and  (3) provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  prevention  or timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or  disposition  of  the  Company’s  assets  that could  have  a 
material effect on the financial statements.  

Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls 
may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may 
deteriorate.  

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2014, using criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (1992 framework). Based on this assessment, the Company’s management believes that, as of December 31, 
2014, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.  

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control 
over  financial  reporting.  Management’s  report  was  not  subject  to  attestation  by  the  Company’s  registered  public  accounting  firm 
pursuant to a provision of the Dodd Frank Act, which eliminated such requirement for “smaller reporting companies,” as defined in 
SEC regulations, such as IntriCon. 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under 
the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter covered by this report that would have materially affected, or are reasonably 
likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

  34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders, Audit Committee and Board of Directors 
IntriCon Corporation and Subsidiaries 
Arden Hills, Minnesota 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  IntriCon  Corporation  and  Subsidiaries  (the  Company)  as  of 
December  31,  2014  and  2013,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income  (loss),  shareholders’ 
equity  and  cash  flows  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012.    These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the 
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements 
based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about  whether the consolidated financial 
statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its 
internal control over financial reporting.  Our audits included consideration of its internal control over financial reporting as a basis for 
designing  audit  procedures  that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit includes 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.  An audit also 
includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
consolidated financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
IntriCon Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the results of their operations and cash flows for the 
years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America. 

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 
March 6, 2015 

  35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTRICON CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
 (In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts) 

Year Ended December 31 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Sales, net 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 

Operating expenses: 
Sales and marketing 
General and administrative  
Research and development  
Restructuring charges (Note 3) 
Total operating expenses   
Operating income (loss) 

Interest expense 
Equity in income (loss) of partnerships 
Gain on sale of investment in partnership 
Other income (expense), net  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before  
income taxes and discontinued operations 

Income tax expense 
Income (loss) before  discontinued operations 

Loss on sale of discontinued operations (Note 2) 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes 
(Note 2) 

Net income (loss) 

Basic income (loss) per share: 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

   Net income (loss) per share:  

Diluted income (loss) per share: 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
   Net income (loss) per share:  
Average shares outstanding: 
Basic  
Diluted 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 68,303 
 49,819 
 18,484 

 3,699 
 6,462 
 4,832 
 83 
 15,076 
 3,408 

 (461) 
 (228) 
 - 
 227 
 2,946 

 428 
 2,518 

 (120) 

 (150) 

$ 

$ 

 52,961 
 40,792  
 12,169  

 3,308  
 5,789  
 4,181  
 229  
 13,507  
 (1,338) 

 (600) 
 (262) 
 -  
 127  
 (2,073) 

 217  
 (2,290) 

 -  

 (3,872) 

 2,248 

$ 

 (6,162) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 0.43 
 (0.05) 

 0.39 

 0.42 
 (0.04) 
 0.37 

5,791 
6,038 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 (0.40) 
 (0.68) 

 (1.08) 

 (0.40) 
 (0.68) 

 (1.08) 

5,699 
5,699 

(See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements) 

  36

 59,955 
 44,656 
 15,299 

 3,324 
 5,426 
 4,481 
 - 
 13,231 
 2,068 

 (755)

 (116)
 822 
 (96)
 1,923 

 164 
 1,759 

 - 

 (1,050)

 709 

 0.31 
 (0.19)
 0.13 

 0.30 
 (0.18)
 0.12 

 5,669 
 5,888 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTRICON CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
 (In Thousands) 

Net income (loss)  
Change in fair value of interest rate swap 

Gain (loss) on foreign currency translation adjustment 

Comprehensive income (loss) 

$ 

$ 

2014 

Year Ended December 31 
2013 

2012 

 2,248 
 3 

$ 

 (74)

 (6,162) 
 69  

$ 

 2  

 2,177 

$ 

 (6,091) 

$ 

 709 
 1 

 (13) 

 697 

(See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements) 

  37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTRICON CORPORATION 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts) 

December 31, 
2014 

December 31, 
2013 

At December 31, 
Current assets: 
Cash  
Restricted cash 

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $120 at December 31, 2014 
and $124 at December 31, 2013 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Current assets of discontinued operations 

Total current assets 

Property, plant, and equipment 

Less:  Accumulated depreciation 
Net machinery and equipment 

Goodwill 
Investment in partnerships 
Other assets, net 
Other assets of discontinued operations 
Total assets 

Current liabilities: 
Checks written in excess of cash 
Current maturities of long-term debt 
Accounts payable  
Accrued salaries, wages and commissions 
Deferred gain 
Other accrued liabilities 
Liabilities of discontinued operations 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt, less current maturities 
Other postretirement benefit obligations 
Accrued pension liabilities 
Deferred gain 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14) 
Shareholders’ equity: 

Common stock, $1.00 par value per share; 20,000 shares authorized; 5,844 and 5,727 
shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated deficit 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total shareholders' equity 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 328  

 640  

 7,673  

 9,983  

 1,013  
 - 
 19,637  

 35,104  
 30,859  
 4,245  

 9,194  
 387  
 498  
 - 
 33,961  

 516  
 1,886  
 5,438  
 2,519  
 110  
 1,364  
 - 
 11,833  

 4,627  
 485  
 741  
 55  
 113  
 17,854  

 5,844  
 16,939  
 (6,274) 
 (402) 
 16,107  
 33,961  

$ 

 217 

 568 

 5,433 

 9,400 

 1,337 

 382 

 17,337 

 33,971 

 29,232 

 4,739 

 9,194 

 569 

 749 

 132 

 32,720 

 279 

 2,210 

 5,037 

 1,676 

 110 

 1,893 

 154 

 11,359 

 6,271 

 531 

 839 

 165 

 247 

 19,412 

 5,727 
 16,434 

 (8,522)

 (331)

 13,308 

 32,720 

(See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements) 

  38

  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTRICON CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
 (In Thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
 Net income (loss) 
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided 
by operating activities: 

$ 

Depreciation and amortization 
Stock-based compensation 
Loss on impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill of 
discontinued operations 
Loss on disposition of property 
Change in deferred gain 
Change in allowance for doubtful accounts 
Equity in loss of partnerships 
Gain on sale of investment in partnership 
Loss on sale of discontinued operations 
Deferred income taxes 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Other assets 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses 
Other liabilities 

 Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
     Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 
     Proceeds of sale of discontinued operations 

Proceeds from sale of investment in partnership 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment 

Net cash used in investing activities 
Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from long-term borrowings 
Repayments of long-term  borrowings 
Proceeds from employee stock purchases and exercise of 
stock options 
Payments of partnership payable 
Change in restricted cash 
Change in checks written in excess of cash 

 Net cash used in financing activities 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 

Net (decrease) increase in cash  
Cash, beginning of period 

Cash, end of period  

$

2014 

2013 

2012 

 2,248 

$

 (6,162) 

$

 2,182 
 457 

 -

 -
 (110)
 (4)

 228 
 -
 120 

 -

 (2,183)
 (677)
 301 
 389 
 (347)
 317 
 2,921 

 66 
 500 
 -
 (1,524)
 (958)

 13,153 

 (15,221)

 165 

 -

 (32)
 237 
 (1,698)

 (154)

 111 
 217 

 328 

 2,450  
 532  

 1,700  

 4  
 (110) 
 (30) 
 262  
 - 

 - 

 1,327  
 1,221  
 500  
 1,066  
 (26) 
 (60) 
 2,674  

 39  
 - 
 - 
 (969) 
 (930) 

 15,332  
 (16,863) 

 145  

 - 
 (18) 
 (359) 
 (1,763) 

 11  

 (8) 
 225  

 217  

$

$

 709 

 2,150 
 414 

 -

 36 
 (110)
 (69)

 116 
 (822)

 (7)

 1,555 
 789 
 (972)
 (2,252)
 240 
 229 

 2,006 

 -
 -
 626 
 (1,735)
 (1,109)

 17,269 

 (18,211)

 159 

 (240)

 (17)
 241 
 (799)

 8 

 106 
119

 225 

 (See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements) 

  39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
INTRICON CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity 
 (In Thousands) 

Common Stock 
Number of 
Shares 

Common 
Stock 
Amount 

Additional Paid-
in Capital 

Retained 
Deficit 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity 

 5,646  

$ 

 5,646  

$

 15,259  

$  (3,069) 

$

 (390) 

$

 17,446 

 20  
 20 

 1  

 20  
 20 

 1  

 30  
 89  

 5  

 414  

 50 

 109 

 6 

 414 

 709 

 (12)

 709  

 (12) 

 5,687  

$ 

 5,687  

$

 15,797  

$  (2,360) 

$

 (402) 

$

 18,722 

 14  
 26 

 14  
 26 

 28  
 77  

 532  

 (6,162) 

 71  

 42 

 103 

 532 

 (6,162)

 71 

 5,727  

$ 

 5,727  

$

 16,434  

$  (8,522) 

$

 (331) 

$

 13,308 

 100  
 16  

 1  

 100  
 16  

 1  

 (43) 
 84  

 7  

 457  

 57 

 100 

 457 

 2,248 

 (71)

 2,248  

 (71) 

 5,844  

$ 

 5,844  

$

 16,939  

$  (6,274) 

$

 (402) 

$

 16,107 

 (See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements) 

Balance December 31, 2011 

Exercise of stock options 
Shares issued under the ESPP 

Shares issued in lieu of cash for services 

Stock option expense 

Net Income (loss)  

Comprehensive income (loss) 

Balance December 31, 2012 

Exercise of stock options 
Shares issued under the ESPP 

Stock option expense 

Net Income (loss)  

Comprehensive income (loss) 

Balance December 31, 2013 

Exercise of stock options 
Shares issued under the ESPP 

Shares issued in lieu of cash for services 

Stock option expense 

Net Income (loss)  

Comprehensive income (loss) 

Balance December 31, 2014 

  40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

IntriCon Corporation 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Headquartered in Arden Hills, Minnesota, IntriCon Corporation (formerly Selas Corporation of America) (referred to as the Company, 
we, us or our) is an international company engaged in designing, developing, engineering and manufacturing body-worn devices.  The 
Company  designs,  develops,  engineers and  manufactures  micro-miniature  products,  microelectronics, micro-mechanical  assemblies, 
complete  assemblies  and  software  solutions,  primarily  for  medical  bio-telemetry  devices,  value  hearing  health  devices  and 
professional  audio  communication  devices.  In  addition  to  its  operations  in  Minnesota,  the  Company  has  facilities  in  California, 
Singapore, Indonesia and Germany.   

Basis of Presentation – On June 13, 2013, the Company announced a global restructuring plan to accelerate future growth and reduce 
costs.  As  part  of  the restructuring, the  Company  disposed  of  the  assets relating  to  its  security  and  certain microphone  and receiver 
operations.  For  all  periods  presented,  the  Company  classified  these  businesses  as  discontinued  operations,  and,  accordingly,  has 
reclassified historical financial data presented herein. See further information in Notes 2 and 3.  

Consolidation – The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly  owned subsidiaries. All 
material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.  

Segment Disclosures – A business segment is a distinguishable component of an enterprise that is engaged in providing an individual 
product or service  or a group of related products or services and that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of 
other business segments. The Company’s segments have similar economic characteristics and are similar in the nature of the products 
sold, type  of customers, methods used to distribute the Company’s products and regulatory environment. Management believes that 
the Company meets the criteria for aggregating the components of its only  operating segment of continuing operations into a single 
reporting segment. 

Use of Estimates – The Company makes estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities, the recording of 
reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  and  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  to  prepare  these  consolidated 
financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Considerable management judgment is necessary in estimating 
future cash flows and other factors affecting the valuation of goodwill, intangible assets, and employee benefit obligations including 
the operating and macroeconomic factors that may affect them. The Company uses historical financial information, internal plans and 
projections and industry information in making such estimates.  

Revenue Recognition – The Company recognizes revenue when the customer takes ownership, primarily upon product shipment, and 
assumes risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price 
is fixed or determinable.   

Customers  have  30  days  to  notify  the  Company  if  the  product  is  damaged  or  defective.    Beyond  that,  there  are  no  significant 
obligations that remain after shipment other than warranty obligations.  Contracts with customers do not include product return rights, 
however, the Company may elect in certain circumstances to accept returns of products.  The Company records revenue for product 
sales  net  of  returns.    Sales  and  use  tax  are  reported  on  a  net  basis.    The  Company  defers  recognition  of  revenue  on  discounts  to 
customers if discounts are considered significant. 

In general, the  Company  warrants its  products  to  be  free  from  defects  in  material and  workmanship and  will  fully  conform to  and 
perform to specifications for a period of one year. The Company develops a warranty reserve based on historical experience.  

Shipping and Handling Costs –The Company includes shipping and handling revenues in sales and shipping and handling costs in 
cost of sales.  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments – The carrying value of cash, accounts receivable, notes payable, and trade accounts payables, 
approximate  fair  value  because  of  the  short  maturity  of  those  instruments.  The  fair  values  of  the  Company’s  long-term  debt 
obligations approximate their carrying values based upon current market rates of interest.  

Concentration of Cash – The Company deposits its cash in what management believes are high credit quality financial institutions.  
The balance, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.  

Restricted  Cash  –  Restricted  cash  consists  of  deposits  required  to  secure  a  credit  facility  at  our  Singapore  location  and  deposits 
required to fund retirement related benefits for certain employees.  

Accounts  Receivable  –  The  Company  reviews  customers’  credit  history  before  extending  unsecured  credit  and  establishes  an 
allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts  based  upon  factors  surrounding  the  credit  risk  of  specific  customers  and  other  information.  
  41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Invoices are generally due 30 days after presentation.  Accounts receivable over 30 days are considered past due.  The Company does 
not accrue interest on past due accounts receivables.  Receivables are written off once all collection attempts have failed and are based 
on individual credit evaluation and specific circumstances of the customer.   The allowance for doubtful accounts balance was $120 
and $124 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Inventories – Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost of the inventories was determined by the first-in, first-out 
method.  

Property, Plant and Equipment – Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis 
using  estimated  useful  lives  of  5  to  40  years  for  buildings  and  improvements  and  3  to  12  years  for  machinery  and  equipment. 
Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of 
the asset.  Improvements are capitalized and expenditures for maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are charged to expense when 
incurred. At the time assets are retired or sold, the costs and accumulated depreciation are eliminated and the resulting gain or loss, if 
any,  is  reflected  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations.    Depreciation  expense  was  $1,955,  $2,214,  and  $1,759  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.  

Impairment of Long-lived Assets and Long-lived Assets to be Disposed of – The Company reviews its long-lived assets, certain 
identifiable intangibles, and goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount 
of an asset group to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If such assets are considered to be 
impaired,  the impairment  to  be  recognized is  measured  by  the  amount  by  which the  carrying amount  of  the  assets  exceeds  the  fair 
value  of  the assets.  Assets  to  be  disposed  of  are reported at  the lower  of  the  carrying  amount  or  fair  value less  costs  to  sell.  As  of 
December 31, 2014, the Company has determined that no impairment of long-lived assets from continuing operations exists.  

Goodwill  is reviewed  for  impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  if  changes  in  circumstances  or  the  occurrence  of  events  suggest 
impairment exists. The Company utilizes the two-step impairment analysis and elected not to use the qualitative assessment or “step 
zero” approach. In the two-step impairment analysis, in step one, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value, 
including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, no  impairment loss is recognized. If the carrying value exceeds the 
fair  value,  the  goodwill  of  the  reporting  unit is  potentially  impaired  and the  Company  completes  step  two  in  order  to  measure  the 
impairment loss. In step two, the Company calculates the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and 
intangible net assets (including unrecognized intangible assets) of the reporting unit from the fair value of the reporting unit. If the 
implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, the Company recognizes an impairment loss, in the period 
identified, equal to the difference. The Company has concluded that no impairment of goodwill or intangible assets occurred during 
the year ended December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 2 for loss on impairment of long lived assets during 2013.  

Other assets, net – The principal amounts included in other assets, net are technology fees and debt issuance costs.  The debt issuance 
costs  are  being amortized  over  the related  term  utilizing the  effective  interest method  and  are included  in  interest  expense,  and  the 
other assets are being amortized over their estimated useful life on a straight-line basis. Debt issuance cost included in interest expense 
was $56, $35, and $136 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Amortization expense was $227, $204 
and $229 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.  

Investments  in  Partnerships  –  Certain  of  the  Company’s  investments  in  equity  securities  are  long-term,  strategic  investments  in 
companies.    The  Company  accounts  for  these  investments  under  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  Under  the  equity  method  the 
Company records the investment at the amount the Company paid and adjusts for the Company’s share of the investee’s income or 
loss and dividends paid.  The investments are reviewed quarterly for changes in circumstances or the occurrence of events that suggest 
the Company’s investment may not be recoverable.  To date there have been no impairment losses recognized. 

Income Taxes – Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and 
liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured 
using  enacted  tax  rates  expected  to  apply  to  taxable  income  in  the  years  in  which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be 
recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established to the extent the future benefit  from the deferred tax assets realization is 
more likely than not unable to  be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in 
income  in  the  period  that  includes  the  enactment  date.  The  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance  was  $10,105  and  $10,046  as  of 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions 
in income tax expense. At December 31, 2014, the Company had no accrual for the payment of tax related interest and there was no 
tax interest  or  penalties  recognized in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations. The  Company’s  federal tax returns  are  potentially 
open to examinations for fiscal  years 2010-2014 and state tax returns are potentially  open to examination for the fiscal  years 2009-
2014. 

Employee  Benefit  Obligations  –  The  Company  provides  pension  and  health  care  insurance  for  certain  domestic  retirees  and 
employees  of  its  operations  discontinued  in  2005.  These  obligations  have  been  included  in  continuing  operations  as  the  Company 
retained  these  obligations.  The  Company  also  provides  retirement  related  benefits  for  certain  foreign  employees.  The  Company 
  42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
measures the costs of its obligation based on actuarial determinations. The net periodic costs are recognized as employees render the 
services  necessary  to  earn  the  post-retirement  benefit  and  the  obligation  is  recorded  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  accrued 
pension liabilities. 

Assumptions  about  the  discount  rate,  the  expected  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  and  the  future  rate  of  compensation  increases  are 
determined  by  the  Company.  The  Company  believes  the  assumptions  are  within  accepted  guidelines  and  ranges.  However,  these 
actuarial assumptions could vary materially from actual results due to economic events and different rates of retirement, mortality and 
withdrawal. 

Stock Option and Equity Plans – Under the various Company stock-based compensation plans, executives, employees and outside 
directors receive awards of options to purchase common stock. Under all awards, the terms are fixed at the grant date. Generally, the 
exercise price equals the market price of the Company’s stock  on the date of the grant. Options under the plans generally vest over 
three  years, and have  a maximum  term  of  10  years.  One  of  the  plans also  permits the  granting  of  stock  awards,  stock  appreciation 
rights, restricted stock units and other equity based awards.  The Company expenses grant-date fair values of stock options and awards 
ratably over the vesting period of the related share-based award. See Note 12 for additional information. 

Product Warranty – The Company offers a warranty on various products and services.  The Company estimates the costs that may 
be incurred under its warranties and records a liability in the amount of such costs at the time the product is sold.  Factors that affect 
the  Company’s  warranty  liability  include  the number  of  units  sold, historical  and  anticipated rates  of  warranty  claims and  cost  per 
claim.  The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.  The 
amount of the reserve recorded is equal to the costs to repair or otherwise satisfy the claim.  The following table presents changes in 
the Company’s warranty liability for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

Beginning balance 

Warranty expense  
Closed warranty claims  

Ending balance  

$ 

$ 

2014 

 72 

 122 
 (94)

 100 

$ 

$ 

2012 

  $ 

2013 

 73 

 123 
 (124)

 72 

  $ 

 82 

 42 
 (51) 

 73 

Patent  Costs  –  Costs  associated  with the  submission  of  a  patent application  are  expensed  as  incurred  given  the  uncertainty  of  the 
patents providing future economic benefit to the Company. 

Advertising Costs – Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred.   

Research  and  Development  Costs  –  Research  and  development  costs,  net  of  customer  funding, amounted  to  $4,832,  $4,181,  and 
$4,481  in  2014,  2013  and  2012,  respectively,  and  are  charged  to  expense  when  incurred,  net  of  customer  funding.  The  Company 
accrues proceeds received under governmental grants when earned and estimable as a reduction to research and development expense.  
During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company accrued $567 in research and development tax credit refunds received with 
the state of Minnesota as a reduction to research and development expense. 

Customer Funded Tooling Costs – The Company designs and develops molds and tools for reimbursement on behalf of several 
customers.  Costs associated with the design and development of the molds and tools are charged to expense, net of the customer 
reimbursement amount.  Net customer funded tooling resulted in income of $140, $352 and $336 for the years ended December 31, 
2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations.  

Income (loss) Per Share – Basic income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number 
of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  during  the  year.  Diluted  income  (loss)  per  common  share  reflects  the  potential  dilution  of 
securities that could share in the earnings.  The Company uses the treasury stock method for calculating the dilutive effect of stock 
options. 

Comprehensive  Income  (Loss)  –  Comprehensive  income  (loss)  consists  of  net  income  (loss),  change  in  fair  value  of  derivative 
instruments  and  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  and is  presented  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  comprehensive  income 
(loss). 

Foreign Currency Translation - The Company’s German subsidiary accounts for its transactions in its functional currency, the Euro. 
Foreign assets and liabilities are translated into United States dollars using the year-end exchange rates. Equity is translated at average 
historical exchange rates. Results of operations are translated using the average exchange rates throughout the year. Translation gains 
or losses are accumulated as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. 

  43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative Financial Instruments — When deemed appropriate, the Company enters into derivative instruments. The Company does 
not  use  derivative  financial  instruments  for  speculative  or  trading  purposes.  All  derivative  transactions  are  linked  to  an  existing 
balance sheet item or firm commitment, and the notional amount does not exceed the value of the exposure being hedged.  

We  recognize  all  derivative  financial instruments  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  at  fair  value regardless  of  the  purpose  or 
intent for holding the instrument. Generally, changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, to the extent they 
are  effective  as  hedges,  are  recorded  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  net  of  tax  or,  if  ineffective,  on  the 
consolidated statements of operations. 

New Accounting Pronouncements 

 In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued new accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. This new 
standard will replace all current U.S. GAAP guidance on this topic and eliminate all industry-specific guidance. The new revenue 
recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle is that a company 
should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration 
for which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance will be effective for the Company 
beginning January 1, 2017 and can be applied either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as 
of the date of adoption. We are currently assessing the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

2.  DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS 
 On June 13, 2013, the Company announced a global strategic restructuring plan designed to accelerate the Company’s future growth 
and reduce costs. See Note 3 for additional information. As part of the global strategic restructuring plan, the Company decided to exit 
the security and certain microphone and receiver operations. On January 27, 2014, the Company completed the sale of the security 
business and certain microphone and receiver operations of IntriCon Tibbetts Corporation, IntriCon’s wholly owned subsidiary based 
in Camden, Maine, to Sierra Peaks Corporation, pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement entered into on January 27, 2014 between 
Sierra Peaks Corporation, as the buyer, and IntriCon Tibbetts Corporation as the seller. Sierra Peaks Corporation paid $500 cash at 
closing for the assets and assumed certain operating liabilities of the businesses. 

The Company recorded a loss on the sale of $120. The net loss was computed as follows:  

Accounts receivable, net 
Inventory, net 
Property, plant and equipment, net 
Other assets 
Accounts payable 
Net assets sold 

Cash proceeds received from Sierra Peaks 
Net assets sold 
Transaction costs 
Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 384 
 128 
 127 
 1 
 (69) 
 571 
500 
 (571) 
 (49) 
 (120) 

  44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows the assets and liabilities of the Company’s discontinued operations.  

Cash 
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventory, net 
Other current assets 

Current assets of discontinued operations 

Property and equipment, net 
Other assets 
      Other assets of discontinued operations 

Accounts payable 
Accrued compensation and other liabilities 
      Current liabilities of discontinued operations 

December 31, 
2013 

 4 
 350 
 26 
 2 
 382 

 131 
 1 
 132 

 70 
 84 
 154 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The following table shows the results of the Company’s discontinued operations: 

Sales, net 
Operating costs and expenses 

Loss on impairment 

Operating loss 

Other income (expenses), net 
Net loss from discontinued operations 

December 31, 
2014 

Year Ended 

December 31, 
2013 

December 31, 
2012 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 207 
 (357)

 2,480  
 (4,693) 

$ 

 - 

 (150)

 - 
 (150)

$ 

 (1,700) 

 (3,913) 

 41  
 (3,872) 

$ 

 4,242 
 (5,310) 

 - 

 (1,068) 

 18 
 (1,050) 

  45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management considered the global strategic restructuring plan a triggering event and therefore, in June 2013, the Company evaluated 
the related assets for impairment and recorded non-cash impairment charges of $983 to the Company’s results from discontinued 
operations. Throughout the remainder of 2013, the Company continued to evaluate the remaining assets for further impairment 
indicators and, with the continued decline in U.S. Government revenues due to the government sequestration and government shut-
down, the Company concluded that an additional non-cash impairment charge of $717 was required for accounts receivable, 
inventory, fixed assets, and other assets. These charges were recorded in the Company’s results from discontinued operations for the 
year ended December 31, 2013. See further information below.  

In determining the nonrecurring fair value measurements of impairment of goodwill and other short and long-term assets, the 
Company utilized the market value approach, considering the fair value of security, microphone and receiver net assets held for sale or 
disposition. Based on the market value assessment, the Company determined fair values for the identified assets and incurred 
impairment charges for the remaining book value of the assets during the year ended December 31, 2013 as set forth in the table 
below. These charges were reflected in the Company’s discontinued operations in 2013 and had no impact for 2014. 

Fair value as 
of 
measurement 
date 

Quoted prices in 
active markets for 
identical assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant other 
observable inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs (Level 3)  

Impairment 
Charge 

Long-lived assets of discontinued operations  

$ 

 131 

$ 

 -   $ 

 -  $ 

 131   $ 

Goodwill of discontinued operations 
Accounts Receivable 
Inventory  
Other Assets 

 - 
 350  
26 
 3  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 350  
 26  
 3  

 604 

 515 

73

468

40

3. RESTRUCTURING CHARGES 
 On June 13, 2013 the Company announced a global strategic restructuring plan designed to accelerate the Company’s future growth 
by focusing resources on the highest potential growth areas and to reduce costs. The plan was approved by the Company’s Board of 
Directors on June 12, 2013. As part of this plan, the Company: reduced investment in certain non-core professional audio 
communications product lines; transferred specific product lines from Singapore to the Company’s lower-cost manufacturing facility 
in Batam, Indonesia; reduced global administrative and support workforce; transferred the medical coil operations from the 
Company’s Maine facility to Minnesota to better leverage existing manufacturing capacity; sold its remaining security and certain 
microphone and receiver operations; added experienced professionals in value hearing health; and focused more resources in medical 
biotelemetry. During 2014, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $83 and during 2013 the Company incurred restructuring 
charges of $229. These charges are primarily related to employee termination benefits from the restructuring of its continuing 
operations. In the future, the Company does not expect to incur any additional cash charges related to this restructuring. 

  46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.  GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION 

The geographical distribution of long-lived assets and net sales to geographical areas as of and for the years ended December 31 is set 
forth below: 

Long-lived Assets 

United States 
Other – primarily Singapore and Indonesia 
Consolidated 

December 31, 
2014 

 3,307 
 938 
 4,245 

$ 

$ 

December 31, 
2013 

 3,402 
 1,337 
 4,739 

$ 

$ 

Long-lived  assets  consist  of  property  and  equipment  and  certain  other  assets  as  they  are  difficult  to  move  and  relatively  illiquid. 
Excluded from long-lived assets are investments in partnerships, patents, license agreements and goodwill. The Company capitalizes 
long-lived assets pertaining to the production of specialized parts. These assets are periodically reviewed to assure the net realizable 
value from the estimated future production based on forecasted cash flows exceeds the carrying value of the assets.  

Net Sales to Geographical Areas  

Net Sales to Geographical Areas 

2014 

2013 

2012 

    Year Ended December 31

United States    
Germany   
China  
Switzerland 
Singapore 
France 
Japan 
United Kingdom 
Turkey 
Hong Kong 
Vietnam 
All other countries  

$ 

$ 

 49,978 
 2,072  
 2,854  
 1,316 
 2,905 
 1,786 
 1,355 
 1,195 
 639 
 730 
 1,495 
 1,978 

Consolidated    

$ 

 68,303 

$ 

 36,902  
 1,234  
 3,268  
 1,259  
 406  
 1,734  
 1,442  
 1,487  
 322  
 682  
 1,325  
 2,900  

 52,961 

$                41,038 
 1,986 
 2,790 
 1,127 
 3,326 
 1,480 
 1,190 
 2,203 
 692 
 510 
 1,219 
 2,394 

$                59,955 

Geographic net  sales  are  allocated  based  on  the  location  of  the  customer.  All  other  countries  include  net  sales  primarily  to  various 
countries in Europe and in the Asian Pacific. 

One customer accounted for 37 percent, 30 percent and 21 percent of the Company’s consolidated net sales in 2014, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively. During 2014, 2013 and 2012, the top five customers accounted for approximately $39,000, $28,000 and $29,000 or 57 
percent, 53 percent and 46 percent of the Company’s consolidated net sales, respectively.  

At December 31, 2014, two customers accounted for a combined 28 percent of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable. Two 
customers accounted for a combined 34 percent of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable at December 31, 2013.  

  47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. GOODWILL 

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30th for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 
2013 and 2012.  The Company completed or obtained an analysis to assess the fair value of its reporting units to determine whether 
goodwill was impaired and the extent of such impairment, if any for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.  Based upon 
this  analysis,  the  Company  has  concluded  that  no  impairment  of  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  occurred  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014. However, due to the restructuring plan that took effect in June of 2013, goodwill of $515 was determined to be 
impaired  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  and  is  included  in  the  loss  from  discontinued  operations  in  the  consolidated 
statement of operations. 
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years presented are as follows: 
Carrying amount at December 31, 2011 
Changes to the carrying amount 
Carrying amount at December 31, 2012 
Impairment of goodwill of discontinued operations 
Carrying amount at December 31, 2013 
Changes to the carrying amount 
Carrying amount at December 31, 2014 

 9,709 
 - 
 9,709 
 (515) 
 9,194 
 - 
 9,194 

$ 

$ 

$ 

6. INVENTORIES 

Inventories consisted of the following: 

Raw materials 

  Work-in process 

Finished products and 
components 

Total 

December 31, 2014 
Domestic  
Foreign  

Total  

December 31, 2013 
Domestic  
Foreign  

Total  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 3,993 
 1,894 

 5,887 

$ 

$ 

 3,548 
 2,114 

 5,662 

$ 

$ 

 1,300 
 720 

 2,020 

$ 

$ 

 1,173 
 842 

 2,015 

$ 

$ 

 1,838 
 238 

 2,076 

$ 

$ 

 1,604 
 119 

 1,723 

$ 

 7,131 
 2,852 

 9,983 

 6,325 
 3,075 

 9,400 

  48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. SHORT AND LONG-TERM DEBT 

Short and long-term debt at December 31 was as follows:  

Domestic Asset-Based Revolving Credit Facility 
Foreign Overdraft and Letter of Credit Facility 
Domestic Term-Loan 
Total Debt 
Less: Current maturities 
Total Long-Term Debt 

$ 

$ 

2014 

2013 

 3,843 
 920 
 1,750 
 6,513 
 (1,886) 
 4,627 

  $ 

  $ 

 4,450 
 1,281 
 2,750 
 8,481 
 (2,210) 
 6,271 

$

Domestic credit facility 
Domestic term loan 
Foreign overdraft and letter of 
credit facility 
Total Debt 

$

Payments Due by Period  

2015 

 - 
 1,000 

 886 
 1,886 

  $ 

2016 

 -  
 750  

2017 

$ 

 30  
 780  

$

$

 -   $ 
 -  

 4  
 4  

$

2018 

 3,843  
 -  

 -  
 3,843  

Thereafter  
$ 
 -  
 -  

$ 

 -  
 -  

$

$

Total 

 3,843 
 1,750 

 920 
 6,513 

Domestic Credit Facilities 

The  Company  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries  are  parties  to  a  credit  facility  with  The  PrivateBank  and  Trust  Company.  The  credit 
facility, as amended, provides for:  

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

an $8,000 revolving credit facility, with a $200 sub facility for letters of credit.  Under the revolving credit facility, the 
availability  of  funds  depends  on  a  borrowing  base  composed  of  stated  percentages  of  the  Company’s  eligible  trade 
receivables and eligible inventory, and eligible equipment less a reserve; and 

a term loan in the original amount of $4,000.  

In February 2014, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries entered into a Sixth Amendment to the Loan and Security  Agreement  
and Waiver with The PrivateBank and Trust Company. The amendment, among other things:  

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

extended  the  term  loan  and  revolving  loan  maturity  date  to  February  28,  2018,  keeping  the  existing  term  loan 
amortization schedule in place; 

increased the eligible accounts receivable borrowing percentage from eighty percent to eight-five percent for all eligible 
accounts  other  than  two  specific  customers  which  will  be  ninety  percent.  Under  the  revolving  credit  facility  as 
amended,  the  availability  of  funds  depends  on  a  borrowing  base  composed  of  stated  percentages  of  the  Company’s 
eligible trade receivables and inventory, less a reserve;  

amended the applicable base rate margin, applicable LIBOR rate margin, applicable LOC fee and applicable non-use 
fee based on the then applicable leverage ratio; 

amended the funded debt to EBITDA and fixed charge coverage covenants; 

revised the definition of net income. 

 approved the application of net proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations in 2014 against amounts outstanding 
under the revolving credit facility; and 

waived certain financial covenant defaults as of December 31, 2013. 

  49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due to the Sixth Amendment as described above, the term loan and the revolving loan maturity date has been extended to February 
28, 2018. As a result, all of the borrowings under this agreement have been characterized as either a current or long-term liability on 
our balance sheet in accordance with the repayment terms described more fully below. 

Loans  under the  credit  facility  are  secured  by  a  security  interest  in  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  and  its  domestic 
subsidiaries including a pledge of the stock of its domestic subsidiaries. Loans under the credit facility bear interest at varying rates 
based on the Company’s leverage ratio of funded debt / EBITDA, at the option of the Company, at: 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

the London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.75% - 4.00%, or 

the base rate, which is the higher of (a) the rate publicly announced from time to time by the lender as its “prime rate” and (b) 
the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, plus 0.00% - 1.25% ; in each case, depending on the Company’s leverage ratio.  

Interest is payable monthly in arrears, except that interest on LIBOR based loans is payable at the end of the one, two or three month 
interest periods applicable to LIBOR based loans. IntriCon is also required to pay a non-use fee equal to 0.25% per year of the unused 
portion of the revolving line of credit facility, payable quarterly in arrears.  

Weighted average interest on our domestic credit facilities was 4.51%, 4.30%, and 4.52% for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.  

The outstanding balance of the revolving credit facility  was $3,843 and $4,450 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The 
total remaining availability  on  the  revolving  credit  facility  was  approximately  $3,456  and  $1,682  at  December  31, 2014  and  2013, 
respectively.  

The outstanding principal balance of the term loan, as amended, is payable in quarterly installments of $250. Any remaining principal 
and accrued interest is payable on February 28, 2018. IntriCon is also required to use 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset 
sales (excluding inventory and certain other dispositions), sale of capital securities or issuance of debt to pay down the term loan. 

The borrowers are subject to various covenants under the credit facility, including a maximum funded debt to EBITDA, a minimum 
fixed  charge  coverage  ratio  and  maximum  capital  expenditure  financial  covenants.  Under  the  credit  facility,  except  as  otherwise 
permitted, the borrowers may not, among other things: incur or permit to exist any indebtedness; grant or permit to exist any liens or 
security interests on their assets or pledge the stock of any subsidiary; make investments; be a party to any merger or consolidation, or 
purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or equity of any other entity; sell, transfer, convey or lease all or any substantial part of 
its  assets  or  capital  securities;  sell  or  assign,  with  or  without  recourse,  any  receivables;  issue  any  capital  securities;  make  any 
distribution or dividend (other than stock dividends), whether in cash or otherwise, to any of its equity holders; purchase or redeem 
any of its equity interests or any warrants, options or other rights to equity; enter into any transaction with any of its affiliates or with 
any  director,  officer  or  employee  of  any  borrower;  be  a  party  to  any  unconditional  purchase  obligations;  cancel  any  claim  or  debt 
owing to it; make payment on or changes to any subordinated debt; enter into any agreement inconsistent with the provisions of the 
credit facility  or other agreements and documents entered into in connection with the credit facility; engage in any line  of  business 
other than the businesses engaged in on the date of the credit facility and businesses reasonably related thereto; or permit its charter, 
bylaws  or other organizational documents to be amended or modified in any  way  which could reasonably be expected to materially 
adversely affect the interests of the lender.  The Company was in compliance with the fixed charge, leverage, and capital expenditure 
covenants under the credit facility as of December 31, 2014. 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default (as defined in the credit facility), the lender may, among other 
things: terminate its commitments to the borrowers (including terminating or suspending its obligation to make loans and advances); 
declare all outstanding loans, interest and fees to be immediately due and payable; take possession of and sell any pledged assets and 
other collateral; and exercise any and all rights and remedies available to it under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable 
law. In the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of any borrower, all commitments of the lender will automatically terminate and all 
outstanding loans, interest and fees will be immediately due and payable. Events of default include, among other things, failure to pay 
any  amounts  when  due;  material  misrepresentation;  default  in  the  performance  of  any  covenant,  condition  or  agreement  to  be 
performed  that  is  not  cured  within  20  days  after  notice  from  the  lender;  default  in  the  performance  of  obligations  under  certain 
subordinated debt, default in the payment of other indebtedness or other obligation with an outstanding principal balance of more than 
$50, or of any other term, condition or covenant contained in the agreement under which such obligation is created, the effect of which 
is to allow the other party to accelerate such payment or to terminate the agreements; a breach by a borrower under certain material 
agreements,  the  result  of  which  breach  is  the  suspension  of  the  counterparty’s  performance  thereunder,  delivery  of  a  notice  of 
acceleration or termination of such agreement; the insolvency  or bankruptcy  of any  borrower; the entrance of any judgment against 
any borrower in excess of $50, which is not fully covered by insurance; any divestiture of assets or stock of a subsidiary constituting a 
substantial  portion  of  borrowers’  assets;  the  occurrence  of  a  change  in  control  (as  defined  in  the  credit  facility);  certain  collateral 
impairments; a contribution failure with respect to any employee benefit plan that gives rise to a lien under ERISA; and the occurrence 
of any event which lender determines could be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect (as defined in the credit facility).  

During  2014,  the  Company  entered  into  interest  rate  swaps  with  The  PrivateBank  which  are  accounted  for  as  effective  cash  flow 
hedges. The interest rate swaps had a combined initial notional amount of $3,750, with a portion of the swap amortizing on a basis 
  50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consistent  with  the $250 quarterly  installments required  under the  term  loan.  The interest rate  swaps  fix  the  Company's  one  month 
LIBOR interest rate on the notional amounts at rates ranging from 0.80% - 1.45%. The Company holds a right to cancel the interest 
rate swaps starting August 31, 2016.  Interest rate swaps, which are considered derivative instruments, of $19 and $22 are reported in 
the consolidated balance sheets at fair value in other current liabilities at December 31, 2014 and 2013.  

Foreign Credit Facility 

In addition to its domestic credit facilities, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, IntriCon, PTE LTD., entered into an international 
senior  secured  credit  agreement  with  Oversea-Chinese  Banking  Corporation  Ltd.  that  provides  for  a  $1,876  line  of  credit  as  of 
December  31,  2014  based  on  applicable  exchange  rates.  Borrowings  bear  interest  at  a  rate  of  .75%  to  2.5%  over  the  lender’s 
prevailing  prime  lending  rate.    Weighted  average  interest  on  the  international  credit  facilities  was  4.50%  and  3.95%  for  the  years 
ended  December  31, 2014 and  2013. The  outstanding  balance  was  $920 and  $1,281 at  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  respectively.  
The total remaining availability on the international senior secured credit agreement was approximately $956 and $888 at December 
31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  

8. OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES 

Other accrued liabilities at December 31: 

Taxes, including payroll withholdings and excluding income taxes 
Accrued professional fees 
Pension 
Postretirement benefit obligation 
Other 

9. DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN INCOME TAXES 

Domestic and foreign income taxes (benefits) were comprised as follows: 

2014 

2013 

$ 

$ 

 286 
 143 
 93 
 103 
 739 
 1,364 

$ 

$ 

Year Ended December 31 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Current  
  Federal 
  State 
  Foreign 
Total Current 

Deferred 
  Federal 
  State 
  Foreign 
Income Tax Expense 

  Income (loss) from continuing operations before  
income taxes and discontinued operations 
 Foreign 
 Domestic 

 -  
 28  
 189  
217 

 -  
 -  
 -  
 217  

 (139)  
 (1,934)  
 (2,073)  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$

$

$

$

 - 
 - 
 428 
428 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 428 

 2,402 
 544 
 2,946 

$

$

$

$

  51

 8 
 211 
 93 
 103 
 1,478 
 1,893 

 - 
 9 
 162 
171 

 - 
 - 
 (7) 
 164 

 1,023 
 900 
 1,923 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  is  a  reconciliation  of  the  statutory  federal  income  tax  rate  to  the  effective  tax  rate  based  on  income  (loss)  from 
continuing operations: 

Tax provision at statutory rate 
Change in valuation allowance 
Impact of permanent items, including stock based 
compensation expense 
Effect of foreign tax rates 
State taxes net of federal benefit 
Effect of dividend of foreign subsidiary in prior year 
Prior year provision to return true-up 
Other 
Domestic and foreign income tax rate 

Year Ended December 31 

2014 

 34.00 % 
 (1.25) 

 16.40 
 (18.04) 
 (3.86) 
 3.94  
 (10.27) 
 (6.40) 
 14.52 % 

2013 

 (34.00) % 
 (5.12)  

 24.15  
 6.35  
 (1.43)  
 17.16  
 (5.10)  
 8.45  
 10.46 % 

2012 

 34.00 % 
 (34.20) 

 6.08  
 (6.35) 
 0.78  
 -  
 9.59  
 (1.37) 
 8.53 % 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at 
December 31, 2014, and 2013 are presented below: 

Deferred tax assets: 

   Net operating loss carry forwards and credits  
   Depreciation and amortization 
   Inventory  
   Compensation accruals 
   Accruals and reserves 
   Credits 
   Other 
        Total Deferred tax assets 

        Less: valuation allowance 

Year Ended December 31 

2014 

2013 

$ 

$ 

 8,125 
 284 
 436 
 1,111 
88  
225  
 190 
 10,459 

 8,053  
 114  
 552  
 1,148  
120  
225  
 186  
 10,398  

 (10,105) 

 (10,046)  

        Deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance 

$ 

 354 

$ 

 352  

Deferred tax liabilities 

Undistributed Earnings of Foreign Subsidiary 
   Total deferred tax liabilities 
   Net deferred tax 

 (354) 
 (354) 
 - 

$ 

 (352)  
 (352)  
 -  

$ 

The valuation allowance is maintained against deferred tax assets which the Company has determined are more likely than not to be 
unrealized. The change in valuation allowance was $59, $(637) and $(264) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively.  For  tax reporting  purposes,  the Company  has actual  federal  and  state net  operating loss  carryforwards  of  $22,861 and 
$7,651, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2022 for federal tax purposes and 2017 for state tax 
purposes. Subsequently recognized tax benefits, if any, related to the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets or realization of net 
operating loss  carryforwards  will  be reported in the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  If  substantial  changes  in the  Company’s 
ownership occur, there could be an annual limitation on the amount of the carryforwards that are available to be utilized.  

Excluded  from  the  Company’s  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  is  $413 resulting  from  the  exercise  of  non-qualified  stock  options. 
Because  the  Company  is  currently  in an  NOL  position,  the  windfall is not recorded  through additional  paid-in  capital  until  the  tax 
benefit is recognized through a reduction in actual tax payments. 

  52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
During 2013, the company changed its indefinite reinvestment assertion and recognized a deferred tax liability relating to cumulative 
undistributed earnings of controlled foreign subsidiaries in Germany. The Company has not recognized a deferred tax liability relating 
to cumulative undistributed earnings of controlled foreign subsidiaries in Singapore and Indonesia that are essentially  permanent in 
duration.  If some or all of the undistributed earnings of the controlled foreign subsidiaries are remitted to the Company in the future, 
income  taxes,  if  any,  after  the  application  of  foreign  tax  credits  will  be  accrued  at  that  time.    Determination  of  the  amount  of 
unrecognized tax liability related to undistributed earnings in foreign subsidiaries is not currently practical.  

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of 
the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  The  Company  regularly  assesses  the  likelihood  that  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  be 
recovered from future taxable income. The Company considers projected future taxable income and ongoing tax planning strategies, 
then records  a  valuation  allowance  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  the net  deferred taxes  to  an amount that is more  likely  than not 
unable to be realized. Based upon the Company’s assessment of all available evidence, including the previous three years of United 
States based taxable income and loss after permanent items, estimates of future profitability, and the Company’s overall prospects of 
future business, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will not be able to realize a portion of the 
deferred  tax assets  in  the  future. The  Company  will  continue  to  assess  the  potential realization  of  deferred  tax  assets on  an annual 
basis, or an interim basis if circumstances warrant. If the Company’s actual results and updated projections vary significantly from the 
projections used as a basis for this determination, the Company may need to change the valuation allowance against the gross deferred 
tax assets.  

The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would 
more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount 
recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate 
settlement with the relevant taxing authority. The Company has analyzed all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remains 
open. As a result of the assessment, the Company has not recorded any liabilities for unrecognized income tax benefits or retained 
earnings. The Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.  

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. Tax regulations 
within  each  jurisdiction are  subject  to  the  interpretation  of  the  related  tax  laws  and regulations and require  significant  judgment  to 
apply. The Company is still subject to  U.S.  federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for the 
years 2003 to 2005 and for the years 2009 and after. There are no other on-going or pending IRS, state, or foreign examinations.  

The Company recognizes penalties and interest accrued related to liability on unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense for all 
periods presented. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 the Company has no amounts accrued for the payment of interest and penalties. 

10.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS     

The  Company  has  defined  contribution  plans  for  most  of  its  domestic  employees.    Under  these  plans,  eligible  employees  may 
contribute  amounts  through  payroll  deductions  supplemented  by  employer  contributions  for  investment  in  various  investments 
specified  in  the  plans.    In  the  second  quarter  of  2009,  the  Company  elected  to  suspend  employer  contributions  into  the  defined 
contribution plans. The Company restored employer matching contributions to the defined contribution plans effective as of January 1, 
2013. The Company contributions to these plans were $271 for 2014 and $152 for 2013.   

The  Company  provides  post-retirement medical  benefits  to  certain  former  domestic  employees  who  met  minimum  age  and  service 
requirements.  In 1999, a plan amendment was instituted which limits the liability for post-retirement benefits beginning January 1, 
2000  for  certain  employees  who  retire  after  that  date.    This  plan  amendment  resulted  in  a  $1,100  unrecognized  prior  service  cost 
reduction which will be recognized as employees render the services necessary to earn the post-retirement benefit.  The Company’s 
policy  is  to  pay  the  cost  of  these  post-retirement  benefits  when required  on  a  cash  basis.   The  Company  also  has  provided  certain 
foreign employees with retirement related benefits. 

  53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013 
for post-retirement medical benefits: 

2014 

2013 

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation 
Projected benefit obligation at January 1 
Interest cost 
Actuarial loss 
Participant contributions 
Benefits paid 
Projected benefit obligation at December 31 
Change in fair value of plan assets 
Employer contributions 
Participant contributions 
Benefits paid 
Funded status 
Current liabilities 
Noncurrent liabilities 
Net amount recognized 
Amount recognized in other comprehensive income 
Unrecognized net actuarial gain 
Total 

$ 

$ 

 633  
 26  
 36  
 27  
 (134)  
 588  

 107  
 27  
 (134)  
 (588)  
 103  
 485  
 588  
 -  
 -  
 -  

$ 

$ 

 702 
 29 
 25 
 32 
 (155) 
 633 

 114 
 32 
 (146) 
 (633) 
 102 
 531 
 633 
 - 
 - 
 - 

Accrued post-retirement medical benefit costs are classified as other post-retirement benefit obligations as of December 31, 2014 and 
2013. 

Net periodic post-retirement medical benefit costs for 2014, 2013, and 2012 included the following components: 

For measurement purposes, a 7.0% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered benefits (i.e., health care cost trend rate) 
was assumed for 2015; the rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 3.5% by the year 2019 and remain at that level thereafter.  The 
difference in the health care cost trend rate assumption may have a significant effect on the amounts reported.  Employer contributions 
for 2015 are expected to be approximately $103. 

The assumptions used for the years ended December 31 were as follows: 

Annual increase in cost of benefits 
Discount rate used to determine year-end obligations 
Discount rate used to determine year-end expense 

2014 

2013 

2012 

 7.0 % 
 4.5 % 
 4.5 % 

 7.0 % 
 4.0 % 
 4.5 % 

 8.0 % 
 4.5 % 
 5.5 % 

The following employer benefit payments (medical and pension), which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid: 

$

2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
Years 2020-2024 

 220 
 205 
 190 
 175 
 163 
 471 

  54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition  to  the  post-retirement  medical  benefits  the  Company  provides  retirement  related  benefits  to  certain  former  executive 
employees and to certain employees  of foreign subsidiaries.  The liabilities established for these benefits at December 31, 2014 and 
2013 are illustrated below.  

Current portion 
Long-term portion 
Total liability at December 31 

$ 

$ 

2014 

2013 

 93  
 741  
 834  

$ 

$ 

 129 
 803 
 932 

The Company calculated the fair values of the pension plans above utilizing a discounted cash flow,  using standard life expectancy 
tables, annual pension payments, and a discount rate of 4.5%.  

11. CURRENCY TRANSLATION AND TRANSACTION ADJUSTMENTS 

All assets and liabilities of foreign operations in which the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at 
prevailing rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated using average rates of exchange 
for the year. Adjustments resulting from the process of translating the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars are 
reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of tax, where appropriate.  

Foreign currency transaction amounts included in the consolidated statements of  operations include a loss of $51, $42, and $177 in 
2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

12. COMMON STOCK AND STOCK OPTIONS 

The Company has a 2001 stock option plan, a non-employee directors’ stock option plan and a 2006 equity incentive plan. New grants 
may not be made under the 2001 and the non-employee directors’ stock option plans; however certain option grants under these plans 
remain exercisable as of December 31, 2014. The aggregate number of shares of common stock for which awards could be granted 
under the 2006 equity incentive plan as of the date of adoption was 699 shares. The 2006 equity incentive plan was amended in 2010 
and 2012 to authorize an additional 250 and 300 shares, respectively, for issuance under the plan. Additionally, as outstanding options 
under the 2001 stock option plan and non-employee directors’ stock option plan expire, the shares of the Company’s common stock 
subject to the expired options will become available for issuance under the 2006 equity incentive plan. 

Under the various plans, executives, employees and outside directors receive awards of options to purchase common stock. Under the 
2006  equity  incentive  plan,  the  Company  may  also  grant  stock  awards,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock  units  and  other 
equity-based  awards,  although  no  such  awards,  other  than  awards  under  the  director  program  and  management  purchase  program 
described below, had been granted as of December 31, 2014.  Under all awards, the terms are fixed on the grant date. Generally, the 
exercise  price  of  stock  options  equals  the  market  price  of  the  Company’s  stock  on  the  date  of  the  grant.  Options  under  the  plans 
generally vest over three years, and have a maximum term of 10 years.  

Additionally, the board has established the non-employee directors’ stock fee election program, referred to as the director program, as 
an award under the 2006 equity incentive plan. The director program gives each non-employee director the right under the 2006 equity 
incentive plan to elect to have some or all of his quarterly director fees paid in common shares rather than cash.  There were 0, 0 and 1 
shares issued in lieu of cash for director fees under the director program for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 
2012, respectively. 

On July 23, 2008, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the non-employee director and executive officer 
stock  purchase  program,  referred  to  as  the  management  purchase  program,  as  an  award  under  the  2006  Plan.  The  purpose  of  the 
management purchase program is to permit the Company’s non-employee directors and executive  officers to purchase shares of the 
Company’s Common Stock directly from the Company. Pursuant to the management purchase program, as amended, participants may 
elect to purchase shares of Common Stock from the Company not exceeding an aggregate of $100 during any fiscal year. Participants 
may  make  such  election  one  time  during  each  twenty  business  day  period  following  the  public  release  of  the  Company’s  earnings 
announcement, referred to as a window period, and only if  such participant is not in possession of material, non-public information 
concerning the Company and subject to the discretion of the  Board to prohibit any transactions in Common Stock by  directors and 
executive  officers  during a  window  period.  There  was  1  share  purchased  under the  management  purchase  program  during the  year 
ended  December  31,  2014  and  no  shares  purchased  under  the  program  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012, 
respectively. 

  55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock option activity during the periods indicated is as follows: 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011 
    Options forfeited or cancelled 
    Options granted 
    Options exercised 
Outstanding at December 31, 2012 
    Options forfeited or cancelled 
    Options granted 
    Options exercised 
Outstanding at December 31, 2013 
    Options forfeited or cancelled 
    Options granted 
    Options exercised 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014 

Exercisable at December 31, 2013 

Exercisable at December 31, 2014 

Available for future grant at December 31, 2014 

Number of Shares 
 1,085 
 (3)
 182 
 (20)
 1,244 
 (15)
 192 
 (14)
1,407 
 (63)
174 
 (205)

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,313 

1,043 

984 

175 

  Weighted-average 

 Exercise Price 

Aggregate    
Intrinsic Value 

  $ 

5.84  
6.76  
6.42  
2.54  
5.97  
5.21  
4.06  
2.86 
 5.75 
 7.87 
 4.99 
 3.74 

 5.86 

 6.05 

 6.17 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 2,467 

 348 

 1,830 

The number of shares available for future grant at December 31, 2014, does not include a total of up to 151 shares subject to options 
outstanding under the 2001 stock option plan and non-employee directors’ stock  option plan which will become available  for grant 
under the 2006 equity incentive plan in the event of the expiration of said options.  

The weighted-average remaining contractual term of options exercisable and outstanding at December 31, 2014, were 3.95 and 5.10 
years,  respectively.    The  total  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  during  fiscal  2014,  2013,  and  2012,  was  $635,  $12,  and  $84, 
respectively. 

The  weighted-average  per  share  grant  date  fair  value  of  options  granted  was  $3.28,  $4.06,  and  $3.84,  in  2014,  2013,  and  2012, 
respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.   

For disclosure purposes, the fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-
pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: 

Dividend yield 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life (years) 

2014 
0.0 

% 
75.03 - 75.59  % 
% 

2.00-2.07 
 6.0 

2013 
0.0 

% 
70.84 - 72.19  % 
% 

.91-1.07 
 6.0 

2012 
0.0 

% 
68.94 - 72.71  % 
% 

.83 - 1.10 
5.0 - 6.0 

The  Black-Scholes  option-pricing model  was  developed  for  use  in  estimating the  fair  value  of  traded  options  that have  no  vesting 
restrictions  and are  fully  transferable.  In  addition,  option-pricing  models  require  the  input  of  subjective  assumptions, including  the 
expected  stock  price  volatility.  Because  the  Company’s  options  have  characteristics  different  from  those  of  traded  options,  in  the 
opinion of management, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its options. 

The Company calculates expected volatility for stock options and awards using the Company’s historical volatility.  

The expected term for stock options and awards is calculated based on the Company’s estimate of future exercise at the time of grant. 

  56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
The Company currently estimates a five percent forfeiture rate for stock options and regularly reviews this estimate. 

The risk-free rates for the expected terms of the stock options and awards and the employee stock purchase plan is based on the U.S. 
Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. 

The Company recorded $457, $532, and $414 of non-cash stock  option expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 
2012, respectively. There were 187 stock options that were exercised using a cashless method of exercise for the year ended December 
31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, there was $534  of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested awards that is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.98 years. 

The Company also has an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”). The Purchase Plan initially provided that a maximum 
of  100  shares  may  be  sold  under  the  Purchase  Plan  as  of  the  date  of  adoption.  On  April  27,  2011,  the  Company’s  shareholders 
approved  an  amendment  to  the  Purchase  Plan  to  increase  the  number  of  shares  which  may  be  purchased  under  the  plan  by  an 
additional 100 shares. There were 16, 26, and 20 shares purchased under the plan during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 
and 2012, respectively. 

The Company issues new shares of stock upon the exercise of stock options.  

13. INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share: 

Numerator: 
Income (loss) before  discontinued operations 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income 
taxes 

Net income (loss) 

Denominator: 
Basic – weighted shares outstanding 
Weighted shares assumed upon exercise of stock 
options 

Diluted – weighted shares outstanding 

Basic income (loss) per share: 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

   Net income (loss) per share:  

Diluted income (loss) per share: 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
   Net income (loss) per share:  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year Ended December 31 

2014 

2013 

2012 

 2,518 

$ 

 (2,290) 

$ 

 (270) 

 (3,872) 

 2,248 

$ 

 (6,162) 

$ 

 5,791 

 247 

 6,038 

 0.43 
 (0.05) 

 0.39 

 0.42 
 (0.04) 
 0.37 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 5,699 

 - 

 5,699 

 (0.40)  
 (0.68)  

$ 

 (1.08)  

$ 

 (0.40)  
 (0.68)  
 (1.08)  

$ 

$ 

 1,759 

 (1,050) 

 709 

 5,669 

 219 

 5,888 

 0.31 
 (0.19) 

 0.13 

 0.30 
 (0.18) 
 0.12 

The Company excluded stock options of 21, 1,407, and 411, in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively, from the computation of the 
diluted income per share as their effect would be anti-dilutive.  For additional disclosures regarding the stock options, see Note 12. 

  57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS 

The  Company  is  a  defendant  along  with  a number  of  other  parties  in  lawsuits  alleging  that  plaintiffs  have  or  may  have  contracted 
asbestos-related diseases as a result of  exposure to asbestos products or equipment containing asbestos sold  by  one or  more named 
defendants.  These  lawsuits  relate  to  the  discontinued  heat  technologies  segment  which  was  sold  in  March  2005.  Due  to  the  non-
informative  nature  of  the  complaints,  the  Company  does  not  know  whether  any  of  the  complaints  state  valid  claims  against  the 
Company. Certain insurance carriers have informed the Company that the primary policies for the period August 1, 1970-1978 have 
been  exhausted  and  that  the  carriers  will  no  longer  provide  defense  and  insurance  coverage  under  those  policies.  However,  the 
Company has other primary and excess insurance policies that the Company believes afford coverage for later years.  Some of these 
other  primary  insurers  have  accepted  defense  and  insurance  coverage  for  these  suits,  and  some  of  them  have  either  ignored  the 
Company’s tender of defense of these cases, or have denied coverage, or have accepted the tenders but asserted a reservation of rights 
and/or advised the Company that they need to investigate further.  Because settlement payments are applied to all years a litigant was 
deemed to have been exposed to asbestos, the Company believes that it will have funds available for defense and insurance coverage 
under the  non-exhausted  primary  and  excess  insurance  policies.    However,  unlike  the  older  policies,  the more recent policies  have 
deductible amounts for defense and settlements costs that the Company will be required to pay; accordingly, the Company expects that 
its litigation costs  will increase in the future. Further, many of the policies covering later years (approximately 1984 and thereafter) 
have exclusions for any asbestos products or operations, and thus do not provide insurance coverage for asbestos-related lawsuits. The 
Company does not believe that the asserted exhaustion of some of the primary insurance coverage for the 1970-1978 period will have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  financial  condition,  liquidity,  or  results  of  operations.  Management  believes  that  the  number  of 
insurance carriers involved in the defense of the suits, and the significant number of policy years and policy limits under which these 
insurance  carriers  are  insuring  the  Company,  make  the  ultimate  disposition  of  these  lawsuits  not  material  to  the  Company's 
consolidated financial position or results of operations.  

The Company’s former wholly owned French subsidiary, Selas SAS, filed for insolvency in France. The Company may be subject to 
additional litigation or liabilities as a result of the French insolvency proceeding.  

The  Company  is  also  involved  in  other  lawsuits  arising  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  While  it  is  not  possible  to  predict  with 
certainty  the  outcome  of  these  matters,  management  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  disposition  of  these  lawsuits  and  claims  will  not 
materially affect our consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.  

Total  expense  for  2014,  2013  and  2012  under  leases  pertaining  primarily  to  engineering,  manufacturing,  sales  and  administrative 
facilities, with an initial term of one year or more, aggregated $1,071, $1,304, and $1,356,  respectively. Remaining payments under 
such  leases  are as  follows:  2015-  $1,307;  2016-  $683;  2017  -  $68,  which  includes  two  leased  facilities  in  Minnesota that  expire in 
2016, one leased facility in California that expires in 2016, one leased facility in Singapore that expires in 2015, one leased facility in 
Indonesia  that  expires  in  2016  and  one  leased  facility  in  Germany  that  expires  in  2017.  Certain  leases  contain  renewal  options  as 
defined in the lease agreements.  

On October 5, 2007, the Company entered into employment agreements with its executive officers. The agreements call for payments 
ranging from seven months to two years base salary and unpaid bonus, if any, to the executives should there be a change of control as 
defined in the agreement and the executives are not retained for a period of at least one year following such change of control. Under 
the agreements, all stock options granted to the executives would vest immediately and be exercisable in accordance with the terms of 
such stock options. The Company also agreed that if it enters into an agreement to sell substantially all of its assets, it will obligate the 
buyer to fulfill its obligations pursuant to the agreements.  The agreements terminate, except to the extent that any obligation remains 
unpaid, upon the earlier of termination of the executive’s employment prior to a change of control or asset sale for any reason or the 
termination  of  the  executive  after  a  change  of  control  for  any  reason  other  than  by  involuntary  termination  as  defined  in  the 
agreements.   

15. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

One of the Company’s subsidiaries leases office and factory space from a partnership consisting of three present or former officers of 
the subsidiary, including Mark Gorder, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors and the President and Chief Executive Officer 
of the Company. The subsidiary is required to pay all real estate taxes and operating expenses. The total base rent expense, real estate 
taxes  and  other  charges  incurred  under  the lease  was  approximately  $486,  $486 and  $490  for  the  years  ended  December  31, 2014, 
2013 and 2012, respectively.  

The Company uses the law firm of Blank Rome LLP for legal services. A partner of that firm is the son-in-law of the Chairman of our 
Board of Directors. The Company paid approximately $156, $228, and $174 to Blank Rome LLP for legal services and costs in 2014, 
2013 and 2012, respectively.  The Chairman of our Board of Directors is considered independent under applicable NASDAQ and SEC 
rules because (i) no payments were made to the Chairman or the partner directly in exchange for the services provided by the law firm 
and  (ii)  the  amounts  paid  to  the  law  firm  did  not  exceed  the  thresholds  contained  in  the  NASDAQ  standards.  Furthermore,  the 
aforementioned partner does not provide any legal services to the Company and is not involved in billing matters. 

  58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.  STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 

2014 

$

Year Ended December 31 
2013 

$

 1  
 432  
 132  
 1  

 1  
 512  
 27  
 -  

2012 

$

 1 
 594 
 5 
 1 

Interest received 
Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 
Shares issued for director services in lieu of 
fees 

17.  INVESTMENT IN PARTNERSHIPS 

In  December  2006,  the  Company  joined  the  Hearing  Instrument  Manufacturers  Patent  Partnership  (K/S  HIMPP).    Members  of  the 
partnership include the largest six hearing aid manufacturers as well as several other smaller manufacturers.   The purchase price of 
$1,800 included a 9% equity interest in K/S HIMPP as  well as a license agreement that grants the Company access to over 45 US 
registered patents.  The Company accounted for the K/S HIMPP investment using the equity method of accounting for common stock, 
as  the  equity  interest  is  deemed  to  be  “more  than  minor”.    The  company  paid  the  final  principal  installment  under  the  purchase 
agreement of $240 in 2012. The investment in the partnership exceeded underlying net assets by approximately $1,475 at the time of 
the agreement. Based on the final assessment of the partnership, the Company determined that approximately $345 of the excess of the 
investment over the underlying partnership net assets relates to underlying patents (amortized on a straight-line basis over ten years). 
The remaining $1,130 of the excess of the investment over the underlying partnership net assets was assigned to the non-exclusive 
patent license agreement (amortized on a straight-line basis over ten years). The Company recorded a $182, $204 and $166 decrease in 
the carrying amount of the investment, reflecting amortization of the patents, patent license agreement and the Company’s portion of 
the partnership’s operating results for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Also, the Company recorded 
operating  expenses  directly  related  to  HIMPP  of  $46,  $58,  and  $50  during  2014,  2013,  and  2012.The  carrying  amount  of  the  K/S 
HIMPP partnership is $387 and $569 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, amortization remaining 
for each of the years ending December 31, 2015 through 2016 is $195. 

In August 2012, the Company  sold its 50% interest in its Global Coils  joint venture to its joint venture partner Audemars SA. The 
Global  Coils  joint  venture  is  in  the  business  of  marketing,  designing,  manufacturing,  and  selling  audio  coils  to  the  hearing  health 
industry.  Audemars  paid  $426  in  cash  at  closing  and  will  make  future  payments,  both  one  time  and  recurring,  as  specified  in  the 
purchase agreement. Audemars also transferred certain hearing health inventory to IntriCon. The Company recorded a gain on the sale 
of $822 in the gain on sale of investment in partnership line of the accompanying statement of operations. 

The net gain was computed as follows: 

Cash proceeds 
Receivables 
Inventory 
Net assets disposed  
Transaction costs 
Gain on sale  

     $ 

$ 

 426 
 721 
 186 
 (486)

 (25)
 822 

The receivables are made up of installment payments and estimated royalties and are included in other current assets and other assets 
on the balance sheet based on payment terms. The Company measured the fair value of the estimated royalties based on level 3 inputs 
which are considered unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data. The Company used future estimated cash flows 
discounted  to  their  present  value  to  calculate  fair  value.  The  discount rate  used  was  the  value-weighted  average  of  the  Company’s 
estimated cost of capital derived using both known and estimated customary market metrics. Actual royalty payments may differ from 
the Company’s estimate which could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.   

Prior to the sale of the Company’s Global Coils joint venture, the Company recorded a $50 increase in the carrying amount of the 
investment, reflecting the Company’s portion of the joint venture’s operating results for the year ended December 31, 2012.  

  59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18.  REVENUE BY MARKET 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, net revenue by market: 

Medical 
Hearing Health 
Professional Audio Communications 

Total Net Sales 

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

Year Ended December 31 

2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

 35,109 
 22,959 
 10,235 

$ 

 25,978  
 19,739  
 7,244  

 24,463 
 23,806 
 11,686 

 68,303 

$ 

 52,961 

$ 

 59,955 

$ 

$ 

The Company has reviewed events subsequent to the date these consolidated financial statements were issued and noted no matters 
requiring adjustment to or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements. 

  60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
None. 

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. As of  the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”), the 
Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive 
Officer (principal executive officer) and the Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), of the effectiveness of the design and 
operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon that 
evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls 
and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits 
under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in applicable rules and 
forms,  and  (ii) accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial 
Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  

Management’s  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  The  report  of  management  required  under  this 
Item 9A is  contained in  Item 8  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  under  the  caption  “Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control 
Over Financial Reporting.” 

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as 
such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter covered by this 
report that would have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting.  

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives 
of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the 
benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation 
of  controls  can  provide  absolute  assurance  that  all  control  issues  and  instances  of  fraud,  if  any,  within  the  Company  have  been 
detected. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not 
be detected. 

ITEM 9B. Other Information 

On February 3, 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company approved Amendment No. 2 to Equity Plans, which amended each of the 
following equity plans of the Company (i) the Amended and Restated Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, (ii) the 2001 Stock 
Option  Plan,  as amended and  (iii) the  2006  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  as amended.    Under  the  Amendment,  outstanding  options  under 
such plans will vest and become  fully exercisable, and will be  exercisable  for the balance  of the original term of the  option, in the 
event  of  the  termination  of  the  participant  from  the  Company  due  to  death,  disability  or  retirement,  regardless  of  any  contrary 
provision in the form of option agreement. 

 The foregoing description of Amendment No. 2 does not  purport to be  complete and is qualified in its entirety  by reference to the 
Amendment, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.24 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference. 

  61

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III 

The information called for by Item 10 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2015 
annual meeting of shareholders, including but not necessarily limited to the sections of the 2015 proxy statement entitled “Proposal 1 
– Election of Directors” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” 

The information concerning executive officers contained in Item 4A hereof is incorporated by reference into this Item 10. 

Code of Ethics 

The  Company  has  adopted  a  code  of  ethics  that  applies  to  its  directors,  officers  and  employees,  including  its  principal  executive 
officer, principal financial and accounting officer, controller and persons performing similar functions. Copies of the Company’s code 
of  ethics  are  available  without  charge  upon  written  request  directed  to  Cari  Sather,  Director  of  Human  Resources,  IntriCon 
Corporation, 1260 Red Fox Road, Arden Hills, MN 55112. The Company intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 10 
of  Form  8-K regarding  any  future  amendments  to  a  provision  of  its  code  of  ethics  by  posting  such  information  on  the  Company’s 
website: www.intricon.com. 

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation 

The information called for by Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2015 
annual meeting of shareholders, including but not necessarily limited to the sections of the 2015 proxy statement entitled “Director 
Compensation for 2014,” and “Executive Compensation”.  

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

The information called for by Item 12 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2015 
annual  meeting  of  shareholders,  including  but  not  necessarily  limited  to  the  section  of  the  2015  proxy  statement  entitled  “Share 
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors and Certain Officers.” 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table details information regarding the Company’s existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2014:   

(a) 
Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon exercise 
of outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 

(b) 
Weighted-
average exercise 
price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 

(c) 
Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column (a)) 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans 

approved by security holders(1) .. 

1,283 

Equity compensation plans not 

approved by security holders(2) .. 

   30 

Total .............................................. 

1,313 

$5.87 

$5.55  

$5.86 

216 

          --  

216 

(1)  The amount shown in column (c) includes 175 shares issuable under the Company's 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2006 Plan") 
and  41  shares  available  for  purchase  under  the  Company’s  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan.    Under  the  terms  of  the  2006  Plan,  as 
outstanding options under the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan and Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan expire, the shares 
of common stock subject to the expired options will become available for issuance under the 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2014, 
121  shares  of  common  stock  were  subject  to  outstanding  options  under the  2001  Stock  Option  Plan  and  Non-Employee  Directors’ 
Stock Option Plan. Accordingly, if any  of these  options expire, the shares of  common stock  subject to  expired options also  will be 
available for issuance under the 2006 Plan.  

(2)  Represents shares issuable under the Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, the (“Non-Employee Directors Plan”), pursuant 
to  which  directors  who  are not  employees  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  were  eligible  to receive  options. The  exercise 
price of the option was the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant.  Options become exercisable in equal one-third annual 
installments beginning one year from the date of grant, except that the vesting schedule for discretionary grants is determined by the 

  62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation  Committee.  As  a  result  of  the  approval  of  the  2006  Plan  by  the  shareholders  at  the  2006  annual  meeting  of 
shareholders, no further grants will be made pursuant to the Non-Employee Directors Plan.  

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information called for by Item 13 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2015 
annual  meeting  of  shareholders,  including  but not  necessarily  limited  to  the  sections  of  the  2015  proxy  statement  entitled  “Certain 
Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Independence of the Board of Directors.” 

ITEM 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The information called for by Item 14 is incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement relating to its 2015 
annual meeting of shareholders, including but not necessarily limited to the sections of the 2015 proxy statement entitled “Independent 
Registered Public Accounting Fee Information.” 

ITEM 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)  The following documents are filed as a part of this report: 

PART IV 

1)  Financial Statements – The consolidated financial statements of the Registrant are set forth in Item 8 of Part II of this report. 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

  63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3) 

2.1 

   3.1 

   3.2 

  4.1 

+ 10.1.1 

+ 10.1.2 

+ 10.2 

10.3.1 

10.3.2 

+ 10.4.1 

+10.4.2 

+ 10.5 

+ 10.6 

+ 10.7 

+ 10.8 

+10.9 

Exhibits –  

Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 27, 2014 between Sierra Peaks Corporation and IntriCon Tibbetts 
Corporation.  (Schedules and exhibits are omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(2); IntriCon Corporation 
agrees to furnish a copy of such schedules and/or exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon 
request.)  (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Commission 
on January 31, 2014). 

The Company's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended.  (Incorporated by reference from the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 24, 2008.) 

The Company's Amended and Restated By-Laws.  (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed with the Commission October 12, 2007.) 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate. (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-3  (registration no.  333-200182) filed with the Commission on November 13, 2014.) 

2001 Stock Option Plan.  (Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2000.) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement issued to executive officers pursuant to the 2001 Stock Option Plan.  
(Incorporated by reference from the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 26, 
2005.) 

Supplemental Retirement Plan (amended and restated effective January 1, 1995).  (Incorporated by reference from 
the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.)  

Amended and Restated Office/Warehouse Lease, between Resistance Technology, Inc. and Arden Partners I. L.L.P. 
(of which Mark S. Gorder is one of the principal owners) dated November 1, 1996.  (Incorporated by reference from 
the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.) 

Amended and Restated Office/Warehouse Lease Second Extension Agreement dated as of October 20, 2011 
between IntriCon Inc. and Arden Partners I, L.L.P. (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.) 

Amended and Restated Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan.  (Incorporated by reference from the 
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.) 

Form of Non-employee director Option Agreement for options issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated Non-
Employee Directors Stock Option Plan.  (Incorporated by reference from the Company's Current Report on Form 8-
K filed with the Commission on October 3, 2005.) 

2006 Equity Incentive Plan.  (Incorporated by reference from Appendix A to the Company’s proxy statement filed 
with the SEC on March 15, 2010.) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement issued to executive officers pursuant to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.  
(Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 
2006.) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement issued to directors pursuant to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.  (Incorporated by 
reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.) 

Non-Employee Directors Stock Fee Election Program.  (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.) 

Non-Employee Director and Executive Officer Stock Purchase Program, as amended.  (Incorporated by reference 
from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008.) 

+ 10.10 

Deferred Compensation Plan.  (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the Commission on May 17, 2006.) 

  64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.11 

10.12 

+ 10.13 

+ 10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17.1 

10.17.2 

10.17.3 

10.17.4 

10.17.5 

10.17.6 

10.17.7 

10.18 

10.19.1 

Land and Building Lease Agreement between Resistance Technology, Inc. and MDSC Partners, LLP dated June 15, 
2006.  (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
June 21, 2006.) 

Agreement by and between K/S HIMPP and IntriCon Corporation dated December 1, 2006 and the schedules 
thereto.  (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 2006.) 

Employment Agreement with Mark S. Gorder.  (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Current  Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the Commission October 12, 2007.) 

Form of Employment Agreement with executive officers.  (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission October 12, 2007.) 

Strategic Alliance Agreement among IntriCon Corporation and Dynamic Hearing Pty Ltd effective as of October 1, 
2008 (Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2008.) 

First Amendment to Strategic Alliance Agreement among IntriCon Corporation and Dynamic Hearing Pty Ltd 
effective as of January 1, 2011 (Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2011.) 

Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 13, 2009 by and among IntriCon Corporation, RTI Electronics, 
Inc., IntriCon Tibbetts Corporation, IntriCon Datrix Corporation (f/k/a Jon Barron, Inc.) and The PrivateBank and 
Trust Company (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended September 30, 2009.) 

First Amendment and Waiver dated March 12, 2010 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 13, 2009 
by and among IntriCon Corporation, RTI Electronics, Inc., IntriCon Tibbetts Corporation, IntriCon Datrix 
Corporation and The PrivateBank and Trust Company.  (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.) 

Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Limited Consent dated as of August 12, 2011 to Loan and 
Security Agreement dated as of August 13, 2009 by and among IntriCon Corporation, IntriCon, Inc., IntriCon 
Tibbetts Corporation, IntriCon Datrix Corporation and The PrivateBank and Trust Company (Incorporated by 
reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.) 

Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver dated as of March 1, 2012 to Loan and Security 
Agreement dated as of August 13, 2009 by and among IntriCon Corporation, IntriCon, Inc., IntriCon Tibbetts 
Corporation, IntriCon Datrix Corporation and The PrivateBank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012). 

Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Consent among the Company, IntriCon, Inc., IntriCon 
Tibbetts Corporation , IntriCon Datrix Corporation and The PrivateBank and Trust Company, dated as of August 6, 
2012 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 
2012.) 

Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement among the Company, IntriCon, Inc., IntriCon Tibbetts 
Corporation, IntriCon Datrix Corporation and The PrivateBank and Trust Company, dated as of December 21, 2012. 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 
21, 2012.) 

Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver among the Company, IntriCon, Inc., IntriCon 
Tibbetts Corporation, IntriCon Datrix Corporation and The PrivateBank and Trust Company, dated as of February 
14, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
February 19, 2014.) 

Revolving Credit Note issued to The PrivateBank and Trust Company dated August 13, 2009 (Incorporated by 
reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009. f) 

Term Note issued to The PrivateBank and Trust Company dated August 13, 2009 (Incorporated by reference from 
the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009.) 

  65

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.19.2 

10.20 

10.21 

+10.22 

+10.23 

Term Note dated August 12, 2011 from IntriCon Corporation, IntriCon, Inc., IntriCon Tibbetts Corporation and 
IntriCon Datrix Corporation to The PrivateBank and Trust Company (Incorporated by reference from the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.) 

Subordinated Non-Negotiable Promissory Note issued to Jon V. Barron dated August 13, 2009 (Incorporated by 
reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009.) 

Amended and Restated Sale or Change of Control, Exclusivity and Noncompete Agreement dated November 12, 
2011 between IntriCon Corporation and United Healthcare Services, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.) 

Annual Incentive Plan for Executives and Key Employees. (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.) 

Amended and Restated Amendment to Equity Plans. (Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.) 

+10.24* 

Amendment No. 2 to Equity Plans. 

21* 

23.1* 

31.1* 

31.2* 

32.1* 

32.2* 

99.1 

101 

List of significant subsidiaries of the Company. 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP). 

Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Shareholders Agreement dated October 10, 2011 by and among the Company, United Healthcare Services, Inc., 
Mark S. Gorder, Michael J. McKenna, Robert N. Masucci, Nicolas A. Giordano, Philip N. Seamon, Christopher D. 
Conger, Michael P. Geraci, Scott Longval, Dennis L. Gonsior, and Greg Gruenhagen (Incorporated by reference 
from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.) 

The following materials from IntriCon Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2014, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statements of Operations for 
the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss); 
(iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012; (v) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the 
years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

 ___________________________ 
Filed herewith. 
* 
Denotes management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement. 
+ 

  66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

 INTRICON CORPORATION             (Registrant) 

By:  /s/ Scott Longval 
    Scott Longval 

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary 

Dated:  March 6, 2015 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

/s/ Mark S. Gorder 
____________________________ 
Mark S. Gorder 
President and Chief Executive  
Officer and Director (principal executive officer) 
March 6, 2015 

/s/ Scott Longval 
_____________________________ 
Scott Longval 
Chief Financial Officer 
Treasurer and Secretary 
(principal accounting and financial officer) 
March 6, 2015 

/s/Nicholas A. Giordano 

Nicholas A. Giordano 
Director 
March 6, 2015 

/s/Robert N. Masucci 

Robert N. Masucci 
Director 
March 6, 2015 

/s/ Michael J. McKenna 

Michael J. McKenna 
Director 
March 6, 2015 

/s/ Philip N. Seamon 

Philip N. Seamon 
Director 
March 6, 2015 

  67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                  
 
 
                  
 
 
              
 
 
              
 
EXHIBITS: 

+10.24 Amendment No. 2 to Equity Plans. 

21 

List of significant subsidiaries of the Company. 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

23.1 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP). 

31.1  

Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

31.2  

Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.1    Certification  of  principal  executive  officer  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to 

Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.2 

101 

Certification  of  principal  financial  officer  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. 

The  following  materials  from  IntriCon  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2014,  formatted  in  XBRL  (eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language):  (i)  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012;  (ii)  Consolidated 
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss); (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 
and 2013; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 
2012; (v) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 
and 2012; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

  68

 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 21.1 

Significant Subsidiaries of 
 IntriCon Corporation 

Subsidiary 

Place of Incorporation 

IntriCon GmbH  
Vertrieb von Elecktronikteilen 

Germany 

IntriCon, Inc. (formerly Resistance 
Technology, Inc.) 

Minnesota 

IntriCon PTE LTD. 

Singapore 

PT IntriCon Indonesia 

Indonesia 

  69

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

EXHIBIT 23.1 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Registration Nos. 33-33712 and 333-
200182) and Forms S-8 (Registration Nos. 333-16377, 333-66433, 333-59694, 333-129104, 333-134256, 333-145577, 333-168586, 
333-173837 and 333-181160) of IntriCon Corporation and Subsidiaries of our report dated March 6, 2015, relating to the consolidated 
financial statements, which appears on page 35 of this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.  

/s/ BAKER TILLY VIRCHOW KRAUSE, LLP 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 
March 6, 2015 

  70

 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION 

 EXHIBIT 31.1 

I, Mark S. Gorder, certify that:  

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of IntriCon Corporation; 

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report; 

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 

our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made 
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on 
such evaluation; and 

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 

registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions): 

a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and   

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.   

Date:   March 6, 2015 

 /s/ Mark S. Gorder 
Chief Executive Officer 
 (principal executive officer) 

  71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION 

EXHIBIT 31.2 

I, Scott Longval, certify that:  

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of IntriCon Corporation; 

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report; 

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 

our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made 
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on 
such evaluation; and 

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 

registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions): 

a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and   

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.   

Date:  March 6, 2015 

   /s/ Scott Longval 
Chief Financial Officer  
(principal financial officer) 

  72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C.SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

EXHIBIT 32.1 

I, Mark S. Gorder, Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) of IntriCon Corporation (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that: 

1) 

2) 

the annual report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Report”) fully complies 
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. 

Date:  March 6, 2015 

____/s/ Mark S. Gorder_________ 
        Mark S. Gorder 

President and Chief Executive Officer  
(principal executive officer) 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of 
Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document. 

  73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
                                          
   
   
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C.SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

EXHIBIT 32.2  

I, Scott Longval, Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)of IntriCon Corporation (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that: 

1) 

2) 

the annual report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Report”) fully complies 
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. 

Date:  March 6, 2015 

_/s/ Scott Longval  _____ 
Scott Longval 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (principal financial officer) 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of 
Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.  

  74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTRICON CORPORATION 
1260 Red Fox Road 
Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112 

March 6, 2015 

Dear Shareholder: 

It is my great pleasure to invite you to attend the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the 
“Annual Meeting”).  The Annual Meeting will be held on Friday, April 24, 2015 at 11:30 a.m., local time, 
at the Hampton Inn North located at 1000 Gramsie Road, Shoreview, Minnesota 55126. 

At this year’s Annual Meeting our shareholders will vote on the following: 

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

the election of two directors, each to hold office for a term of three years and until his 
successor is duly elected and qualified; 

an advisory vote on executive compensation, referred to as “say-on-pay; 

the approval of the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as more fully described in the 
accompanying proxy statement; and 

the ratification of the appointment of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, as IntriCon 
Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2015.   

We are furnishing our Proxy Statement and other proxy materials to our shareholders over the 

Internet.   The proxy materials are available at https://materials.proxyvote.com/46121H.   

The vote of every shareholder is important.  Therefore, whether or not you expect to attend the 

meeting in person, I urge you to vote in one of the following ways: (i) over the Internet: log on to 
www.proxyvote.com and follow the web site instructions; once you have cast your vote, be sure to click 
on “Accept Vote”; (ii) by telephone: you may call toll-free in the U.S. or Canada, 1-800-690-6903 on a 
touch-tone telephone; or (iii) by proxy card: sign and date the accompanying proxy card and return it 
promptly in the envelope provided for that purpose.   If you vote over the Internet or telephone, you do 
not need to return your proxy card.   

Thank you for your continued interest in IntriCon Corporation.  I look forward to seeing you at 

the Annual Meeting. 

Sincerely, 

Mark S. Gorder 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

INTRICON CORPORATION 
1260 Red Fox Road 
Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112 

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS 

To be held April 24, 2015 

The 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Annual Meeting”) of IntriCon Corporation (the 
“Corporation”) will be held on Friday, April 24, 2015 at 11:30 a.m., local time, at the Hampton Inn North 
located at 1000 Gramsie Road, Shoreview, Minnesota 55126 for the following purposes: 

(1) 

to elect two director to hold office, each for a term of three years and until his successor 
is duly elected and qualified; 

(2)         to hold an advisory vote on executive compensation, referred to as “say-on-pay”;  

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

to approve the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as more fully described in the accompanying 
proxy statement;  

to ratify the appointment of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP as the Corporation’s   
independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2015; and 

to transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any 
of its adjournments or postponements. 

The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on February 19, 2015 as the record date for 

the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting or any 
adjournment or postponement thereof.  If the Annual Meeting is adjourned because of the absence of a 
quorum, those shareholders entitled to vote who attend the adjourned Annual Meeting, although 
constituting less than a quorum as provided herein, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose 
of electing directors.  If the Annual Meeting is adjourned for one or more periods aggregating at least 15 
days because of the absence of a quorum, those shareholders entitled to vote who attend the reconvened 
Annual Meeting, if less than a quorum as determined under applicable law, shall nevertheless constitute a 
quorum for the purpose of acting upon any other matter set forth in this Notice of Annual Meeting. 

All shareholders are cordially invited to attend the meeting, but whether or not you expect to 

attend the meeting in person, we urge you to vote promptly using one of the following methods to ensure 
your vote is counted: 

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

over the Internet: log on to www.proxyvote.com and follow the web site instructions; 
once you have cast your vote, be sure to click on “Accept Vote”; 

by telephone: you may call toll-free in the U.S. or Canada, 1-800-690-6903 on a touch-
tone telephone; 

by proxy card: sign and date the accompanying proxy card and return it promptly in the 
envelope provided for that purpose;  or  

(cid:2)

in person:   if you are a shareholder of record as of the close of business on the Record 
Date, you may vote in person at the Annual Meeting and revoke any previously granted 
proxy. 

If you vote over the Internet or by telephone, you will need your control number (your control 

number can be found on the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials and your proxy card).  The 
deadline to vote over the Internet or by telephone is Thursday, April 23, 2015, 11:59 p.m., eastern 
daylight time.  If you vote over the Internet or by telephone, you do not need to return your proxy card.   

If your shares are held in “street name” (that is, if your stock is registered in the name of your 

broker, bank, or other nominee), please contact your broker, bank or nominee to determine whether you 
will be able to vote over the Internet or by telephone. 

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for 
the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2015 

In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, instead of mailing a 
printed copy of our proxy materials to our shareholders, we have elected to furnish these materials by 
providing access to these documents over the Internet. Accordingly, on or about March 6, 2015, we sent a 
Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials (“Notice of Internet Availability”) to our shareholders 
of record and beneficial owners informing them of the availability of our proxy materials online.  The 
Notice of Internet Availability provides you with instructions regarding how to (i) view our proxy 
materials for the Annual Meeting on the Internet; (ii) vote your shares after you have viewed our proxy 
materials; and (ii) request a printed copy of the proxy materials.  All shareholders have the ability to 
access this Proxy Statement, the proxy card and our Annual Report on Form 10-K at the following 
website: https://materials.proxyvote.com/46121H.   

  Meeting directions are available by calling our executive offices at (651) 636-9770. 

By Order of the Board of Directors 

March 6, 2015 
Arden Hills, Minnesota 

Michael J. McKenna 
Chairman of the Board 

INTRICON CORPORATION 
1260 Red Fox Road 
Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112 

PROXY STATEMENT 

This proxy statement and the accompanying proxy are being furnished to shareholders of 
IntriCon Corporation (the “Corporation”) in conjunction with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of 
Directors of the Corporation for use at the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Annual Meeting”) 
to be held on Friday, April 24, 2015 at the Hampton Inn North located at 1000 Gramsie Road, Shoreview, 
Minnesota 55126, at 11:30 a.m., local time, and any adjournment or postponement of the Annual 
Meeting.  This Proxy Statement and accompanying form of proxy are first being made available to 
shareholders on or about March 6, 2015.   

The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on February 19, 2015 as the record date for 
determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting.  As of February 
19, 2015, there were 5,848,286 shares of common stock, of the Corporation outstanding, each of which is 
entitled to one vote on all matters to be presented at the Annual Meeting. 

Proxies in the form provided, if properly executed and received in time for voting, and not 
revoked, will be voted as directed on the proxies.  If no directions to the contrary are indicated, the 
persons named in the proxy will vote all of your shares of common stock “for” the election of two 
nominees for director, “for” the approval of the compensation of our Named Executive Officers as 
described in this Proxy Statement, “for” the approval of the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and “for” the 
ratification of the appointment of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP as the Corporation’s independent 
registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2015.  With respect to any other matter that properly 
comes before the meeting, the proxy holders will vote the proxies in their discretion in accordance with 
their best judgment.   

You may vote in one of the following ways: 

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

over the Internet: log on to www.proxyvote.com and follow the web site instructions; 
once you have cast your vote, be sure to click on “Accept Vote; 

by telephone: you may call toll-free in the U.S. or Canada, 1-800-690-6903 on a touch-
tone telephone; 

by proxy card: sign and date the accompanying proxy card and return it promptly in the 
envelope provided for that purpose;  or  

in person:   if you are a shareholder of record as of the close of business on the Record 
Date, you may vote in person at the Annual Meeting and revoke any previously granted 
proxy. 

3 

  
If you vote over the Internet or by telephone, you will need your control number (your control 

number can be found on the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials and your proxy card).  The 
deadline to vote over the Internet or by telephone is Thursday, April 23, 2015, 11:59 p.m., eastern 
daylight time.  If you vote over the Internet or by telephone, you do not need to return your proxy card.   

Any shareholder who submits a proxy may revoke it at any time before the proxy is voted at the 

Annual Meeting by delivering a later dated proxy or by giving written notice to the Secretary of the 
Corporation or attending the Annual Meeting in person and so requesting.  If you vote over the Internet or 
by telephone, you may change your vote by following the procedures used to submit your initial vote.  
The last vote received chronologically will supersede any prior votes.  Attendance at the Annual Meeting 
will not by itself revoke a previously granted proxy.

The presence, in person or represented by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding 
shares of common stock will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at the Annual Meeting.  
All shares of common stock present in person or represented by proxy (including “broker non-votes” 
described below) and entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting, no matter how they are voted or whether 
they abstain from voting, will be counted in determining the presence of a quorum.  If the Annual 
Meeting is adjourned because of the absence of a quorum, those shareholders entitled to vote who attend 
the adjourned Annual Meeting, although constituting less than a quorum as provided herein, shall 
nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing directors.  If the Annual Meeting is adjourned 
for one or more periods aggregating at least 15 days because of the absence of a quorum, those 
shareholders entitled to vote who attend the reconvened Annual Meeting, if less than a quorum as 
determined under applicable law, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of acting upon 
any other matter set forth in the Notice of Annual Meeting. 

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote on each matter that may be brought before the 

Annual Meeting.  Voting results will be determined as follows: 

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

Proposal 1:  the election of the directors will be determined by a plurality vote and the nominees 
receiving the highest number of “for” votes will be elected. 

Proposal 2:  approval of the “say-on-pay” proposal will require the affirmative vote of a majority 
of the shares entitled to vote and present in person or represented by proxy at the Annual 
Meeting. 

Proposal 3: approval of the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan will require the affirmative vote of a 
majority of the shares entitled to vote and present in person or represented by proxy at the Annual 
Meeting. 

Proposal 4:   the ratification of the appointment of the independent registered public accounting 
firm for fiscal year 2015 will require the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to 
vote and present in person or represented by proxy at the Annual Meeting.   

Any other proposal will require the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote 

and present in person or represented by proxy at the Annual Meeting.  

Under our Bylaws and the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, an abstention or withholding 

of authority to vote will have the same legal effect as an “against” vote and will be counted in 
determining whether the proposal has received the required shareholder vote; however, a broker non-vote 
will have no effect on whether the proposal has received the required shareholder vote.   

4 

 
If you are a beneficial owner whose shares are held of record by a broker, bank or other nominee, 
you must instruct the broker, bank or other nominee how to vote your shares. If you do not provide voting 
instructions, your shares will not be voted on any proposal on which the broker, bank or other nominee 
does not have discretionary authority to vote. This is called a “broker non-vote.” In these cases, the 
broker, bank or other nominee can register your shares as being present at the Annual Meeting for 
purposes of determining the presence of a quorum but will not be able to vote on those matters for which 
specific authorization is required.  Your broker, bank or other nominee does not have discretionary 
authority to vote on the election of directors, the “say-on-pay” proposal or the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan 
without instructions from you, in which case a broker non-vote will occur and your shares will not be 
voted on these matters.  Your broker, bank or other nominee does have discretionary voting authority to 
vote your shares on the ratification of the independent registered public accounting firm, even if the 
broker, bank or other nominee does not receive voting instructions from you.  In any event, it is 
particularly important that you instruct your broker as to how you wish to vote your shares.   

The cost of this solicitation will be borne by the Corporation.  In addition to solicitation by mail, 

proxies may be solicited in person or by telephone, telegraph or teletype by officers, directors or 
employees of the Corporation, without additional compensation.  Upon request, the Corporation will pay 
the reasonable expenses incurred by record holders of the Corporation’s shares of common stock who are 
brokers, dealers, banks or voting trustees, or their nominees, for mailing proxy materials to the beneficial 
owners of the shares they hold of record.   

5 

PROPOSAL 1 

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

The Board of Directors currently consists of five members divided into three classes. 

The Board of Directors, based upon the recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate 

Governance Committee, has nominated  Nicholas A. Giordano and Philip N. Seamon for election as 
directors at the Annual Meeting to serve until the 2018 annual meeting of shareholders and until their 
successor has been duly elected and qualified.  Each nominee is a current director of the Corporation and 
previously has been elected as a director by the Corporation’s shareholders.  Mr. Giordano and Mr. 
Seamon each have indicated their willingness to continue serving as a director.  The Board of Directors 
knows of no reason why the nominees would be unable to serve as a director.  If any nominee is unable to 
serve for any reason, then the proxies will be voted for the election of such substitute nominee(s) as the 
Board of Directors may designate, unless the Board of Directors reduces the number of directors on the 
Board. 

The Board of Directors recommends that the shareholders vote “FOR” the election of each 

of Mr. Giordano and Mr. Seamon as a director for a three year term. 

The Board of Directors seeks to ensure that it is composed of members of high character and 

integrity and whose particular experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, when taken together, will 
allow the Board of Directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively.  As discussed below under 
“—Director Nomination Process,” director candidates are nominated by the Board of Directors upon 
recommendation by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee for election at the annual 
shareholders’ meeting each year.  In considering whether to recommend a director candidate, the 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee evaluates each individual in the context of the Board 
as a whole taking into account relevant factors including, among other things: 

• 

whether the director candidate has significant leadership experience and outstanding 

achievement in such director candidate’s career field; 

• 

whether the director candidate has relevant expertise or experience and would be able to 

offer advice and guidance to management based on that expertise or experience; 

• 

whether the director candidate has the financial expertise or other professional, 

educational or business experience relevant to understanding to the Corporation’s business; 

• 

• 

whether the director candidate has sufficient time available to devote to the Corporation; 

whether the director candidate has the ability to make independent, analytical inquiries 

and challenge management; 

• 

whether the director candidate will be committed to represent and advance the long-term 

interests of the Corporation’s shareholders; and 

• 

whether the director candidate meets the independence requirements of Nasdaq. 

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does not have a formal policy regarding 

director diversity.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee believes that the directors 
should encompass a range of experience, viewpoints, qualifications, attributes and skills in order to 

6 

provide sound and prudent guidance on the Corporation’s operations. The Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee does not assign specific weights to particular criteria and no particular criteria is 
necessarily applicable to all prospective nominees.   

Included in the director nominee’s or current director’s biography are the particular experiences, 

qualifications, attributes or skills that led the Board to the conclusion that each director nominee or 
director should serve as a director of the Corporation.  Each director brings a strong and unique 
background and set of skills to the Board, giving the Board as a whole competence and experience.  We 
believe all of our directors have integrity and honesty and adhere to high ethical standards.  They have 
each demonstrated business acumen and an ability to exercise sound judgment, as well as commitment of 
service to the Corporation and the Board.      

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the nominees and the persons 

whose terms as directors will continue after the Annual Meeting.  

Director
Since 

Term
Expires 

2006 

2015 

2000

2015

Name, Age (as of February 19, 2015) and Occupation 

Nominees for Election

Philip N. Seamon (67) became a director in September 2006.  Currently, Mr. 
Seamon is President of Philip N. Seamon, Inc., a consulting firm specializing in 
operational and financial business restructuring services.  Until his retirement in 
August 2006, Mr. Seamon was a senior managing director in the corporate 
finance practice of FTI Consulting, Inc., a provider of a wide range of business 
and financial advisory and consulting services. Previously, Mr. Seamon was a 
partner and the service line leader of PricewaterhouseCoopers’ Business 
Recovery Services practice in their Philadelphia office. FTI Consulting acquired 
this practice in September 2002. Prior to joining PricewaterhouseCoopers, Mr. 
Seamon held management and partnership positions in both commercial and 
investment banking organizations.  

Mr. Seamon provides IntriCon with expertise in financial and accounting matters 
as well as experience in mergers and acquisitions and business restructuring. 

Nicholas A. Giordano (72) became a director in December 2000.  Mr. Giordano 
has been a business consultant and investor since 1997.  Mr. Giordano was 
Interim President of LaSalle University from July 1998 to June 1999.  From 1981 
to 1997, Mr. Giordano was President and Chief Executive Officer of the 
Philadelphia Stock Exchange.  Mr. Giordano serves as a trustee of Wilmington 
Funds and Kalmar Pooled Investment Trust, mutual funds, and as a director of 
Independence Blue Cross of Philadelphia, a health insurance company, and The 
RBB Fund, Inc., a mutual funds company.  Mr. Giordano also served as a director 
of Commerce Bancorp, Inc. in 2007-2008.  Messrs. Giordano and Masucci are 
first cousins. 

Mr. Giordano’s financial and investment background provides the Corporation 
with perspective and guidance on accounting and financial matters.  His service 
as an outside director of other companies (including public companies) provides 
valuable insight on corporate governance and business matters.  He is the Board’s 
audit committee financial expert. 

7 

Director
Since 

Term
Expires 

1996

2016

1998

2016

2002

2017

Name, Age (as of February 19, 2015) and Occupation 

Continuing Directors

Mark S. Gorder (68) became a director in January 1996.  Mr. Gorder has served
as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation since April 2001; 
President and Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation from December 2000 to 
April 2001; and Vice President of the Corporation from 1996 to December 2000.  
Mr. Gorder has been President and Chief Executive Officer of IntriCon, Inc., a 
subsidiary of the Corporation, since 1983. 

Mr. Gorder’s day to day leadership of the Corporation, as Chief Executive 
Officer, provides him with intimate knowledge of the Corporation’s operations 
and the markets in which the Corporation operates.  Also, as co-founder of the 
Corporation’s subsidiary, IntriCon, Inc. he provides strategic guidance.  The 
Board believes that Mr. Gorder provides unique insights into the Corporation’s 
challenges, opportunities and operations. 

Michael J. McKenna (80) became a director in June 1998 and has served as 
Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation since April 2001.  In 
March 2001, Mr. McKenna retired as the Vice Chairman and a Director of 
Crown, Cork & Seal Company, Inc. (now Crown Holdings, Inc.), a 
manufacturing company.  From 1995 to 1998, Mr. McKenna was the President 
and Chief Operating Officer and, prior to 1995, was the Executive Vice President 
and President of the North American Division of Crown, Cork & Seal Company, 
Inc. 

As the retired Vice Chairman, director and former executive of Crown, Cork & 
Seal, Mr. McKenna brings a global business perspective from his leadership 
positions as well as operational and sales experience.  In addition, as the director 
with the longest tenure among the independent directors, Mr. McKenna also has 
considerable knowledge about the operations and background of IntriCon.

Robert N. Masucci (77) became a director in February 2002.  Mr. Masucci has 
served as the Chairman of the Board of Montgomery Capital Advisors, Inc., a 
consulting company, since 1990 and Chairman of the Board of Barclay Brand 
Corporation, a distribution company, since 1996.  Prior to 1990, Mr. Masucci was 
President and Chief Executive Officer of Drexel Industries, Inc., a forklift 
manufacturer.  Mr. Masucci also served as a director of Agfeed Industries, Inc., a 
commercial hog producer and a premix feed company in China, during 2007.  
Messrs. Masucci and Giordano are first cousins. 

As a former chief executive officer of a publicly traded manufacturing company, 
Mr. Masucci provides IntriCon with guidance on business operations, strategic 
planning and accounting and financial matters.  Mr. Masucci also has mergers 
and acquisitions experience. 

8 

Independence of the Board of Directors  

Under our corporate governance guidelines, the Board, with the assistance of legal counsel and 
the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, uses the current standards for “independence” 
established by the Nasdaq Stock Market, referred to in the remainder of this proxy statement as “Nasdaq,” 
to determine director independence.  The Board of Directors has determined that the following directors, 
constituting a majority of the members of the Board, are independent as defined in the corporate 
governance rules of Nasdaq:  Messrs. Giordano, Masucci, McKenna and Seamon.   

The independence standards of Nasdaq are composed of objective standards and subjective 
standards. Under the objective standards, a director will not be deemed independent if he directly or 
indirectly receives payments for services (other than as a director) in excess of certain thresholds or if 
certain described relationships exist. Under the subjective independence standard, a director will not be 
deemed independent if he has a material relationship with the Corporation that, in the view of the Board, 
would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a 
director. Under the Nasdaq rules, an independent director must satisfy both the objective and the 
subjective standards. 

In evaluating the independence of Mr. McKenna, the Board considered that a partner of the law 

firm retained by the Corporation since 2002 is the son-in-law of Mr. McKenna.  See “—Certain 
Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”  The Board determined that Mr. McKenna was 
independent under the objective Nasdaq standards because: (i) no payments were made to Mr. McKenna 
or his son-in-law directly in exchange for the services provided to the Corporation by the law firm and (ii) 
the amounts paid to the law firm did not exceed the thresholds contained in the Nasdaq standards.  The 
Board also determined that Mr. McKenna was independent under the subjective Nasdaq standard for the 
reasons discussed above and because Mr. McKenna’s son-in-law was not personally involved in the law 
firm’s legal representation of the Corporation. 

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight 

We separate the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board in recognition of the 

differences between the two roles. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for setting the strategic 
direction for the Corporation and the day to day leadership and performance of the Corporation, while the 
Chairman of the Board provides guidance and sets the agenda for Board meetings and presides over 
meetings of the full Board.  The Board believes that this structure ensures a greater role for the 
independent directors in the oversight of the Corporation and active participation of the independent 
directors in setting agendas and establishing priorities and procedures that work for the Board.  The 
Chairman of the Board also acts as a key liaison between the Board and management.  

The Board of Directors as a whole is responsible for consideration and oversight of risks facing 

the Corporation, and is responsible for ensuring that material risks are identified and managed 
appropriately.  Certain risks are overseen by committees of the Board of Directors and these committees 
make reports to the full Board of Directors, including reports on noteworthy risk-management issues.  
Financial risks are overseen by the Audit Committee which meets with management to review the 
Corporation’s major financial risk exposure and the steps management has taken to monitor and control 
such exposures.  Compensation risks are overseen by the Compensation Committee.  Members of the 
Corporation’s senior management team regularly report to the full Board about their areas of 
responsibility and a component of these reports is risk within the area of responsibility and the steps 
management has taken to monitor and control such exposures.  Additional review or reporting on risks is 
conducted as needed or as requested by the Board or committee. 

9 

Communication with the Board  

Shareholders may communicate with the Board of Directors, including any individual director, by 

sending a letter to the Board of Directors, c/o Corporate Secretary, IntriCon Corporation, 1260 Red Fox 
Road, Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112.  The Corporate Secretary has the authority to disregard any 
inappropriate communications or to take other appropriate actions with respect to any such inappropriate 
communications.  If deemed an appropriate communication, the Corporate Secretary will submit your 
correspondence to the Chairman of the Board or to any specific director to whom the correspondence is 
directed. 

Meetings of the Board and Committees 

The Corporation’s Board of Directors held six meetings in 2014.  During 2014, all directors of the 

Corporation attended at least 75% of the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors of the 
Corporation and all committees of which they were members. 

Attendance at Annual Meeting of Shareholders  

The Board of Directors has adopted a policy that all of the directors should attend the annual 
meeting of shareholders, absent exceptional cause.  All five of the directors attended the 2014 annual 
meeting of shareholders.  

Code of Ethics  

The Corporation has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its directors, officers and employees, 

including its chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller and persons performing similar 
functions. Copies of the Corporation’s code of ethics are available without charge upon written request 
directed to Cari Sather, Director of Human Resources, IntriCon Corporation, 1260 Red Fox Road, Arden 
Hills, MN 55112.  A copy of the code of ethics is also available on the Corporation's website: 
www.intricon.com.  The Corporation intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of 
SEC Form 8-K regarding any future amendments to a provision of its code of ethics by posting such 
information on the Corporation’s website: www.intricon.com.   

Director Compensation for 2014 

Each non-employee director is entitled to a base annual retainer of $24,000.  For their services in 
such capacities, the Chairman of the Board is entitled to receive an additional annual retainer of $25,000, 
the Chairman of the Audit Committee is entitled to receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 and 
the Chairman of each of the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance 
Committee is entitled to receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000.  All retainers are paid in 
quarterly installments.  Each non-employee director also receives $1,500 for each Board and committee 
meeting attended in person and $500 for each telephonic Board and committee meeting attended; 
however, no fee is payable for telephonic board and committee meetings that last less than 30 minutes.   

Directors are eligible to receive awards under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.  The Compensation 

Committee has approved the automatic grant of options to non-employee directors who are re-elected or 
continue as a non-employee director at each annual meeting of shareholders as follows:  Chairman of the 
Board - options to purchase 12,000 shares of common stock and each other non-employee director - 
options to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock.  Accordingly, following the 2014 annual meeting, 
Mr. McKenna, in his capacity as Chairman of the Board, was granted an option to purchase 12,000 shares 
of common stock, while each of Messrs. Giordano, Masucci, and Seamon was granted an option to 

10 

purchase 10,000 shares of common stock, in each case at an exercise price of $6.82 per share, the fair 
market value on the date of the grant.  Assuming that they are re-elected or continue as a director, as the 
case may be, at the 2015 annual meeting, the Chairman of the Board will receive an option to purchase 
12,000 shares of common stock, and each of the other non-employee directors will receive an option to 
purchase 10,000 shares of common stock, in each case at an exercise price equal to the fair market value 
of the shares of common stock on the date of the 2015 Annual Meeting.  These options will be granted 
under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan if approved by the shareholders at the 2015 Annual Meeting; 
however, if the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan is not approved by shareholders, these options will be granted 
under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.  All director options vest in three equal, annual installments 
beginning one year after the date of grant, except that the options will become immediately exercisable 
upon a “change in control” as defined in the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan or the death, disability or 
retirement of the recipient, and expire ten years after the date of grant, unless terminated earlier by the 
terms of the option. 

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned during the year 

ended December 31, 2014 by each of our directors that was not also an employee. 

Name 
Nicholas A. Giordano  ...........................

Fees Earned 
or  
Paid in Cash 
($) 
53,500 

Stock 
Awards (1) 
($) 
(cid:3)

Option 
Awards (2) 
($) 
68,200 

All Other 
Compensation
($) 
(cid:3)

Robert N. Masucci  ...............................

48,500 

Michael J. McKenna  ............................

68,500 

Philip N. Seamon  .................................
____________________________ 

48,500 

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

68,200 

81,840 

68,200 

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

Total 
($) 
121,700 

116,700 

150,340 

116,700 

(1) 

(2) 

We have not granted any stock awards to our directors.  Under the Non-Employee Director and 
Executive Officer Stock Purchase Program, directors may purchase shares of common stock directly 
from the Corporation at the last reported sale price on the date that the election to purchase is made.  

The amounts included in the “Option Awards” column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of 
stock awards granted during 2014 computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards 
Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“FASB Codification Topic 718”).  For a 
discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included in 
our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.  The amounts shown 
include the impact of option forfeitures during 2014.  A total of 43,100 options were forfeited under all 
plans during 2014.  As of December 31, 2014, the number of stock option awards held by our non-
employee directors was: Mr. Giordano – 90,000; Mr. Masucci – 90,000; Mr. McKenna – 104,000; and 
Mr. Seamon – 85,000.   

Director Share Ownership Requirements 

In April 2006, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee adopted a policy that all 

directors must purchase and own shares of common stock with a purchase price equal to at least one-
year's annual director fees.  All directors are in compliance with this policy.  

Committees of the Board 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation has established an Audit Committee, a Compensation 

Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. 

11 

Audit Committee.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation has appointed a standing Audit 

Committee consisting of Messrs. Giordano (Chairman), Masucci, McKenna and Seamon.  The Board of 
Directors has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is independent, as defined in 
applicable Nasdaq corporate governance rules and SEC regulations.  In addition, the Board of Directors 
has determined that Mr. Giordano qualifies as an audit committee financial expert, as defined in 
applicable SEC rules.  The Audit Committee held seven meetings in 2014.   

The Audit Committee is governed by a written charter approved by the Board of Directors, a 

copy of which is available on our website at www.intricon.com. The principal duties of the Audit 
Committee are to monitor the integrity of the financial statements of the Corporation, the compliance by 
the Corporation with legal and regulatory requirements and the independence and performance of the 
Corporation’s independent auditors.  The Audit Committee also approves all related party transactions 
and establishes procedures for (i) the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the 
Corporation regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and (ii) the 
confidential, anonymous submissions by the Corporation’s employees of concerns regarding questionable 
accounting or auditing matters.  In addition, the Committee selects the firm to be engaged as the 
Corporation's independent public accountants, and approves the engagement of the independent public 
accountants for all non-audit activities permitted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  The report of 
the Audit Committee appears on page 45. 

Compensation Committee.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation has appointed a standing 
Compensation Committee currently consisting of Messrs. Masucci (Chairman), Giordano, McKenna and 
Seamon.  The Board of Directors has determined that each member of the Compensation Committee is 
independent, as defined in applicable Nasdaq corporate governance rules.  The Compensation Committee 
reviews and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning officer compensation and 
officer and employee bonus programs and administers the Corporation’s equity plans.  The Compensation 
Committee met three times in 2014.   

The Compensation Committee is governed by a written charter approved by the Board of 
Directors, a copy of which is available on our website at www.intricon.com. The principal duties of the 
Compensation Committee are to formulate, evaluate and approve the compensation of the Corporation’s 
executive officers, oversee all compensation programs involving the issuance of the Corporation’s stock 
and other equity securities of the Corporation, and, if required, review and discuss with the Corporation’s 
management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and preparing the Committee’s report thereon 
for inclusion in the Corporation’s annual proxy statement in accordance with applicable rules and 
regulations.   

A discussion of the Compensation Committee’s processes and procedures for the consideration 
and determination of executive compensation is included in “Executive Compensation — Processes and 
Procedures for the Determination of Executive Officer and Director Compensation.”  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation 

has appointed a standing Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee currently consisting of 
Messrs. Seamon (Chairman), Giordano, Masucci and McKenna.  The Board of Directors has determined 
that each member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is independent, as defined in 
applicable Nasdaq corporate governance rules.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee 
met two times in 2014. 

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is governed by a written charter approved 

by the Board of Directors, a copy of which is available on our website at www.intricon.com. The 
principal duties of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are to identify individuals 

12 

qualified to become members of the Board consistent with the criteria approved by the Committee, 
consider nominees made by shareholders in accordance with the Corporation’s bylaws, select, or 
recommend to the Board, the director nominees for each annual shareholders meeting, recommend to the 
Board the directors to be appointed to each Committee of the Board, recommend to the Board whether to 
increase or decrease the size of the Board, develop and recommend to the Board corporate governance 
principles and oversee the evaluations of the Board and senior management. 

Director Nomination Process 

Consideration of Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders.  The Nominating and 
Corporate Governance Committee will consider properly submitted shareholder recommendations for 
director candidates.  A shareholder who wishes to recommend a prospective director nominee should send 
a signed and dated letter to the Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, c/o 
Corporate Secretary, IntriCon Corporation, 1260 Red Fox Road, Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112 with the 
following information:  

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

the name and address of the shareholder making the recommendation and of each 
recommended nominee; 

a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record, and/or a beneficial owner, of 
voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in 
person or by proxy at the meeting to vote for the person(s) recommended if nominated; 

a description of all arrangements and understandings between the shareholder and each 
recommended nominee and any other person(s), naming such person(s), pursuant to 
which the recommendation was submitted by the shareholder; 

such other information regarding each recommended nominee as would be required to be 
included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the SEC had the 
nominee been nominated by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, 
including the principal occupation of each recommended nominee; and 

the consent of each recommended nominee to serve as a director if so nominated and 
elected. 

The deadline for submitting the letter recommending a prospective director nominee for the 2016 
annual meeting of shareholders is November 9, 2015.  All late or non-conforming recommendations will 
be rejected. 

In addition, under the Corporation's bylaws, shareholders are permitted to nominate directors to 

be elected at a meeting of shareholders by providing notice and the other required information specified in 
the bylaws.  Although shareholders may nominate directors, such nominees will not appear in the 
Corporation's proxy statement or in the proxy solicited by the Board of Directors.   The Corporation’s 
amended and restated bylaws are available, at no cost, at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov, as Exhibit 3.1 
to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 12, 2007 or upon the shareholder’s 
written request directed to the Corporate Secretary at the address given above.   

Director Qualifications.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has the sole 

authority to select, or to recommend to the Board of Directors, the Board of Director nominees to be 
considered for election as a director.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does not 
have any specific minimum qualifications that must be met by a nominee other than nominees for director 

13 

must be at least 21 years old.  Nominees for director will be selected on the basis of outstanding 
achievement in their careers; broad experience; education; independence under applicable Nasdaq and 
SEC rules; financial expertise; integrity; financial integrity; ability to make independent, analytical 
inquiries; understanding of the business environment; and willingness to devote adequate time to Board 
and committee duties.  The proposed nominee should have sufficient time to devote their energy and 
attention to the diligent performance of the director’s duties, including attendance at Board and committee 
meetings and review of the Corporation’s financial statements and reports, SEC filings and other 
materials.  Finally, the proposed nominee should be free of conflicts of interest that could prevent such 
nominee from acting in the best interest of shareholders.   

Additional special criteria apply to directors being considered to serve on a particular committee 

of the Board.  For example, members of the Audit Committee must meet additional standards of 
independence and have the ability to read and understand the Corporation’s financial statements.    

Identifying and Evaluating Nominees for Director.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance 

Committee assesses the appropriate size of the Board in accordance with the limits fixed by the 
Corporation’s charter and bylaws, whether any vacancies on the Board are expected and what incumbent 
directors will stand for re-election at the next meeting of shareholders.  If vacancies are anticipated, or 
otherwise arise, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers candidates for director 
suggested by members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and other Board 
members as well as management, shareholders and other parties.  The Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee also has the sole authority to retain a search firm to identify and evaluate director 
candidates.  Except for incumbent directors standing for re-election as described below, there are no 
differences in the manner in which the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee evaluates 
nominees for director, based on whether the nominee is recommended by a shareholder or any other 
party.   

In the case of an incumbent director whose term of office expires, the Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee reviews such director’s service to the Corporation during the past term, including, 
but not limited to, the number of Board and committee meetings attended, as applicable, quality of 
participation and whether the candidate continues to meet the general qualifications for a director outlined 
above, including the director’s independence, as well as any special qualifications required for 
membership on any committees on which such director serves.  When a member of the Nominating and 
Corporate Governance Committee is an incumbent director eligible to stand for re-election, such director 
will not participate in that portion of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee meeting at 
which such director’s potential nomination for election as a director is discussed by the Nominating and 
Corporate Governance Committee.   

In the case of a new director candidate, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee 
will evaluate whether the nominee is independent, as independence is defined under applicable Nasdaq 
corporate governance rules, and whether the nominee meets the qualifications for director outlined above 
as well as any special qualifications applicable to membership on any committee on which the nominee 
may be appointed to serve if elected.  In connection with such evaluation, the Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee determines whether the committee should interview the nominee, and if 
warranted, one or more members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee interviews the 
nominee in person or by telephone.   

Upon completing the evaluation, and the interview in case of a new candidate, the Nominating 

and Corporate Governance Committee makes a decision as to whether to nominate the director candidate 
for election at the shareholders meeting. 

14 

SHARE OWNERSHIP OF 
CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS, DIRECTORS AND CERTAIN OFFICERS 

The following table sets forth certain information as of February 19, 2015, concerning beneficial 

ownership of the shares of common stock by (i) persons or groups of persons shown by SEC records to own 
beneficially more than 5% of the shares of common stock, (ii) directors and nominees, (iii) the executive 
officers named in the Summary Compensation Table and (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group: 

Name 
The Trust Company of New Jersey (3) ....................................................
35 Journal Square 
Jersey City, NJ  07306 

Amivest Capital Management.(4) ............................................................
275 Broadhollow Road 
Melville, NY  11747 

Estate of Siggi B. Wilzig (5). ..................................................................
c/o Herrick, Feinstein LLP 
2 Penn Plaza 
Newark, NJ  07105 

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP(6) ..........................................................
Palisades West, Building One 
6300 Bee Cave Road 
Austin, Texas, 78746 

Mark S. Gorder .....................................................................................
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer(7)    

Michael J. McKenna .............................................................................
Chairman of the Board of Directors

Nicholas A. Giordano............................................................................
Director

Robert N. Masucci ................................................................................
Director  

Philip N. Seamon ..................................................................................
Director 

Michael P. Geraci .................................................................................
Vice President, Sales and Marketing 

Dennis L. Gonsior .................................................................................
Vice President, Global Operations

Greg Gruenhagen ..................................................................................
Vice President, Quality and Regulatory Affairs

Scott Longval .......................................................................................
Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, and Treasurer

Number of 
Shares Beneficially Owned(1) (2)

463,700 

448,700  

336,575 

Percent 
of Class 
7.9% 

7.7% 

5.8% 

302,158 

         5.2% 

600,284 

196,626 

131,390 

182,202 

75,001 

111,163 

123,309 

73,153 

116,454 

10.0% 

3.3% 

2.2% 

3.1% 

1.3% 

1.9% 

2.1% 

1.2% 

2.0% 

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (9 persons) ..................

1,609,582 

24.0% 

____________________________ 

 (1) 

Unless otherwise indicated, each person has sole voting and investment power with respect to all such 
shares.  The securities “beneficially owned” by a person are determined in accordance with the 

15 

definition of “beneficial ownership” set forth in the regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission.  The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other 
purpose.  The same shares of common stock may be beneficially owned by more than one person.  
Beneficial ownership, as set forth in the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 
includes securities as to which the person has or shares voting or investment power.  shares of common 
stock issuable upon the exercise or conversion of securities currently exercisable or convertible or 
exercisable or convertible within 60 days of February 20, 2014 are deemed outstanding for computing 
the share ownership and percentage ownership of the person holding such securities, but are not 
deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.  Beneficial ownership may be 
disclaimed as to certain of the securities.   

(2) 

In the case of the Corporation’s directors and executive officers, includes the following shares which 
such person has the right to acquire within 60 days of February 19, 2015 through the exercise of stock 
options: 

         Name 

Mark S. Gorder   
Michael J. McKenna
Nicholas A. Giordano
Robert N. Masucci
Philip N. Seamon
Michael P. Geraci
Dennis L. Gonsior
Greg Gruenhagen
Scott Longval
All Directors and Executive 
Officers as a Group  

Number of Shares
Subject to Options 

180,834
80,000
70,001
70,001
65,001
107,500
107,500
70,000
97,500

 848,337 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6)   

Based upon a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 9, 2004.   

Based upon a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on January 22, 2007.  According to the Schedule 
13G, Amivest Capital Management is an investment adviser and has sole power to vote the shares 
reported.  

Based upon a Schedule 13D filed with the SEC on October 2, 2003. 

Based upon a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 5, 2015.  According to the Schedule 13G/A, 
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (“Dimensional”), is an investment advisor that furnishes investment advice 
to four investment companies, and serves as investment manager or sub-adviser to certain other 
commingled funds, group trusts and separate accounts.  These investment companies, trusts and accounts 
are the “Dimensional Funds.”  In certain cases, subsidiaries of Dimensional may act as an adviser or sub-
adviser to certain Dimensional Funds.  In its role as investment advisor, sub-advisor and/or manager, 
Dimensional or its subsidiaries may possess voting and/or investment power over the shares of common 
stock that are owned by the Dimensional Funds, and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the 
shares of common stock held by the Dimensional Funds; however, all shares of common stock are owned 
by the Dimensional Funds.  The Schedule 13G/A states that to Dimensional’s knowledge, no one 
Dimensional Fund beneficially owns five percent or more of the shares of common stock.  Dimensional 
disclaims beneficial ownership of all of the shares of common stock. 

 (7) 

Includes 180,834 shares which Mr. Gorder has the right to acquire within 60 days of February 19, 2015 
through the exercise of stock options.  Also includes 5,000 shares of common stock owned by his spouse 
and 14,000 shares of common stock owned by his daughters.  Mr. Gorder has pledged 146,000 shares of 
common stock and his spouse has pledged 5,000 shares of common stock as security for a loan.  Mr. 
Gorder’s business address is 1260 Red Fox Road, Arden Hills, MN 55112. 

16 

Background 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors administers our compensation program 
for executive officers.  The objectives of our compensation program are to attract and retain talented and 
dedicated executive officers and to align a significant portion of their compensation with our business 
objectives and performance and the interests of our shareholders.   

Elements of Executive Compensation  

Our compensation program for executive officers consists of the following elements:  

Base Salary.  Base salary is designed to reward the performance of our executive officers in their 
daily fulfillment of their responsibilities to us.  The Compensation Committee determines the base salary 
of each of our executive officers by evaluating their scope of responsibilities and experience, years of 
service with us, our performance and the performance of each of the executive officers during the past 
year, the executive’s future potential and competitive salary practices.  We believe that our base salaries 
are competitive with other companies of our size.   

Annual Cash Incentive Compensation.    

The Compensation Committee’s philosophy is that a significant portion of the total potential 
compensation of our executive officers should depend upon the degree of our financial and strategic 
success in a particular year.   

In March 2012, the Compensation Committee adopted the Annual Incentive Plan for Executives 

and Key Employees.  For more information, see “Annual Incentive Plan.” 

Long-Term Incentive Compensation in the Form of Stock Awards.   In 2006, our Board of 

Directors and shareholders approved the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.  The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan is 
designed to: 

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

promote the long-term retention of our employees, directors and other persons who are in 
a position to make significant contributions to our success;  

further reward these employees, directors and other persons for their contributions to our 
growth and expansion;  

provide additional incentive to these employees, directors and other persons to continue 
to make similar contributions in the future; and  

further align the interests of these employees, directors and other persons with those of 
our shareholders.  

To achieve these purposes, the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan permits the Compensation Committee 
to make awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or unrestricted stock, deferred 
stock, restricted stock units or performance awards for our shares of common stock.  For more 
information concerning the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, see “Equity Plans  - 2006 Equity Incentive Plan” 
below. 

17 

Stock options are granted at the fair market value of our shares of common stock on the date of 
grant.  Stock options are granted based on various factors, including the executive’s ability to contribute 
to our long-term growth and profitability. 

If the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan is approved, then no new options will be granted under the 2006 

Equity Incentive Plan and the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan will replace the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  All of our fulltime employees, including our executive officers 
(other than Mr. Gorder), are entitled to participate in our Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  Under this Plan, 
employees may purchase our shares of common stock at a discount of up to 10% through payroll 
deductions.   

Non-Employee Director and Executive Officer Stock Purchase Program.  Under the Non-

Employee Director and Executive Officer Stock Purchase Program, directors and executive officers may 
purchase shares of common stock directly from the Corporation at the last reported sale price on the date 
that the election to purchase is made.  During 2014, a total of 1,000 shares of common stock were 
purchased under this program.    

Other Benefits.  All of our fulltime employees, including our executive officers, are entitled to 

participate in our health insurance, life insurance and 401(k) plans.  We also maintain a disability 
insurance policy on behalf of certain of the members of our senior management, including our executive 
officers, that is in addition to the disability benefits that we maintain for our salaried employees.   

Additional Benefits Payable to the Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Gorder, our Chief Executive 

Officer, receives additional benefits under our employment agreement with him.  Under the employment 
agreement, we are required to reimburse Mr. Gorder for his country club membership fees.  We are also 
required to provide Mr. Gorder with an automobile for use in connection with the performance of his 
duties under the employment agreement and reimburse him for all expenses reasonably incurred by him 
for the maintenance and operation, including fuel, of the automobile.   

Processes and Procedures for the Determination of Executive Officer and Director Compensation 

Scope of Authority of the Compensation Committee.  The scope of the Compensation 
Committee’s authority and responsibilities is set forth in its charter, a copy of which is available on our 
website at www.intricon.com.  The Compensation Committee's authority includes the authority to: 

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

determine the following with respect to our executive officers: (i) the annual base salary 
level, (ii) the annual incentive opportunity level, (iii) the long-term incentive opportunity 
level, (iv) employment agreements, severance agreements, change in control 
agreements/provisions and other compensatory arrangements, in each case as, when and 
if appropriate, and (v) any special or supplemental benefits, in each case subject to the 
terms of any existing applicable employment agreement terms; and  

determine the compensation payable to directors and members of committees of the 
board, including the Chairman of the Board and the Chairman of each committee, other 
than directors who are our salaried employees. 

Delegation of Authority.  As provided under the Compensation Committee’s charter, the 

Compensation Committee may delegate its authority to special subcommittees of the Compensation 
Committee as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate, consistent with applicable law and 
Nasdaq listing standards.  Additionally, the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan permits the Compensation 

18 

Committee, subject to criteria, limitations and instructions as the Compensation Committee determines, to 
delegate to an appropriate officer of the Corporation the authority to determine the individual participants 
under that Plan and amount and nature of the award to be issued to such participants; provided, that no 
awards may be made pursuant to such delegation to a participant who is subject to Section 16(b) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. To date, the Compensation Committee has not delegated 
its responsibilities other than delegating from time to time to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer the authority to grant a limited number of stock options under the 2006 Equity Incentive 
Plan to non-executive employees. 

Role of Management in Determining or Recommending Executive Compensation.  
Traditionally, the Compensation Committee reviews our executive compensation program in December 
and/or February of each year, although decisions in connection with new hires and promotions are made 
on an as-needed basis.  Mr. Gorder, our President and Chief Executive Officer, makes recommendations 
concerning the amount of compensation to be awarded to our executive officers, including himself, but 
does not participate in the Compensation Committee’s deliberations or decisions.  The Compensation 
Committee reviews the recommendations together with a "tally sheet" showing all items of executive 
compensation.  After a presentation by Mr. Gorder, the Committee meets in executive session to discuss 
and consider the recommendations and makes a final determination. 

Role of Compensation Consultants in Determining or Recommending Executive 

Compensation.  Under its charter, the Compensation Committee has authority to retain, at the 
Corporation’s expense, such counsel, consultants, experts and other professionals as it deems necessary.   
Neither the Compensation Committee nor the Corporation engaged a compensation consultant in 2013.  
In 2014, the Corporation engaged Verisight Compensation Consulting Group to conduct an assessment of 
whether the compensation of our executive officers was competitive based on published survey date and a 
peer group analysis. Generally, the Verisight analysis showed that the compensation of our executive 
officers was less than competitive when compared to published survey data and peer groups. The 
Compensation Committee did not rely on the Verisight analysis in making its compensation decisions for 
2015 because it believed that the companies in the peer group had achieved market acceptance of their 
value proposition and, therefore, were able to support a higher compensation structure.  

Say-on-Pay Vote 

At the 2014 annual meeting, we held a shareholder advisory vote on the compensation of our 
named executive officers, commonly referred to as a say-on-pay vote.  Our shareholders approved the 
compensation of our named executive officers at the 2014 annual meeting, with an overwhelming 
majority of the votes entitled to be cast voting in favor of our say-on-pay resolution.  As we evaluated our 
compensation practices for 2015, we were aware of the strong support our shareholders expressed for our 
compensation philosophy.   As a result, following our annual review of our executive compensation 
philosophy, the Compensation Committee decided to retain our general approach to executive 
compensation.  We believe our executive compensation program for 2015 advances our goals of 
attracting and retaining talented and dedicated executive officers and aligning a significant portion of their 
compensation with our business objectives and performance and the interests of our shareholders. 

Determination of Executive Compensation  

Base Salary.  Typically, the Compensation Committee reviews and adjusts base salaries on an 

annual basis.    

In December 2014, the Compensation Committee increased the 2015 base salary of each of our 

executive officers from 3% to 8%, which the Committee believed consistent with inflation and overall 
market trends.  The base salaries of Mr. Geraci, Mr. Gonsior, and Mr. Gorder were increased 3%, with 

19 

slightly larger increases awarded to Mr. Longval (8%) and Mr. Gruenhagen (6%) to more closely position 
them to their respective peer group salary mid-points.  

The following table shows the base salaries of our current executive officers as in effect at 

January 1, 2015: 

Name and Principal Position 
Mark S. Gorder ........................................
President and Chief Executive Officer

Scott Longval ..........................................
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Michael P. Geraci ....................................
Vice President, Sales and Marketing

Dennis L. Gonsior....................................
Vice President, Global Operations

Greg Gruenhagen.....................................
Vice President, Quality and Regulatory 
Affairs 

2015 Annual 
Base Salary 
$405,820

$232,740

$238,033

$222,789

$200,658

Annual Cash Incentive Compensation.  In March 2012, the Compensation Committee adopted 
the Annual Incentive Plan for Executives and Key Employees, referred to as the Annual Incentive Plan.  
The targets for the Annual Incentive Plan are adopted each by the Compensation Committee.  

No cash bonuses were paid under the Annual Incentive Plan for 2012 and 2013 because the plan 

targets for such years were not reached.    

In March 2014, the Compensation Committee established the targets and bonus amounts for 2014 

under the Annual Incentive Plan.  In February 2015, the Compensation Committee determined that the 
target for 2014 had been achieved at the 84% level and approved a total payout under the 2014 Annual 
Incentive Plan of $357,687, of which a total of $113,127 was paid to the Named Executive Officers. For 
more information, see “Summary Compensation Table.” 

In February 2015, the Compensation Committee established the targets and bonus amounts for 

2015 under the Annual Incentive Plan. For more information, see “Annual Incentive Plan.”  

Long-Term Incentive Compensation in the Form of Stock Option Awards.  The Compensation 

Committee generally makes awards on an annual basis but also makes awards in connection with new 
hires and promotions.   

In January 2014, the Compensation Committee awarded stock options to the Corporation's 
executive officers under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase shares of common stock at an 
exercise price of $3.85 per share.  Mr. Gorder was awarded options to purchase 12,500 shares of common 
stock and each of the other Named Executive Officers was awarded options to purchase 7,500 shares of 
common stock.  For information concerning stock options held by our executive officers as of December 
31, 2014, see “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End.” 

20 

In January 2015, the Compensation Committee awarded stock options to the Corporation's 
executive officers under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase shares of common stock at an 
exercise price of $6.87 per share.  Mr. Gorder was awarded options to purchase 20,000 shares of common 
stock and each of the other Named Executive Officers was awarded options to purchase 12,000 shares of 
common stock. 

Employment Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements 

We have entered into employment agreements with Mark S. Gorder, our President and Chief 

Executive Officer, and the other Named Executive Officers.  

The employment agreement with Mr. Gorder was based on his prior employment agreement and 
incorporated the provisions of the change in control agreement that was then in effect.  The employment 
agreements with the other executive officers also contain a similar change in control provision.  Among 
other things, each employment agreement provides for a fixed employment term, subject to annual 
renewals, the executive’s base salary and the executive’s right to participate in our bonus plans, equity 
plans and other employee benefits.  In addition, in the event that (i) there occurs a “change in control” (as 
defined in the agreements) or sale of our assets accounting for 90% of more of our sales and (ii) the 
executive’s employment is involuntarily terminated within one year afterwards, the executive will be 
entitled to payment of his base salary for one year (two years for Mr. Gorder) in a lump sum and 
continuation of his medical benefits for a period of one year.   

The change in control provisions that we use contain a “double trigger” requirement, meaning 
that for an executive to receive a payment under the change of control provision, there must be both a 
change of control, as defined in the applicable agreement, and an involuntary termination of the 
executive’s employment.  The double trigger requirement was chosen to prevent us from having to pay 
substantial payments in connection with a change in control where an executive had not suffered any 
adverse employment consequences.  However, all stock options will vest and become immediately 
exercisable upon a change of control, regardless of whether the executive is involuntarily terminated. 

We believe that employment agreements and change in control protections are important to 

attract and retain talented executive officers and to protect our executive officers from a termination or 
significant change in responsibilities arising after a change in control.  For more information, see “—
Employment Agreements” and “—Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in 
Control.” 

Accounting and Tax Considerations 

Under our prior stock options plans, the Compensation Committee was limited to issuing stock 

options.  The Compensation Committee considers making awards using the other types of awards 
permitted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan in light of FASB ASC Topic 718 - Stock Compensation.  
This accounting standard requires us to record as compensation expense the grant date fair value of a 
stock option over the life of the option.  The Compensation Committee considers the compensation 
expense of option and other equity grants when making future awards; however, given that, traditionally, 
the Compensation Committee has not made large grants of option awards to our executive officers and 
employees, we do not expect that the compensation expense associated with option grants will have a 
material adverse effect on our reported earnings. 

Generally, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, referred to as the “Internal 

Revenue Code,” and the Internal Revenue Service, referred to as the “IRS,” regulations adopted under 
that section, which are referred to collectively as “Section 162(m),” deny a deduction to any publicly held 
corporation, such as the Corporation, for certain compensation exceeding $1,000,000 paid during each 

21 

calendar year to each of the chief executive officer and the three other highest paid executive officers 
whose compensation must be reported to shareholders in the proxy statement.  Section 162(m) does not 
apply to qualified performance-based compensation.  Our policy is to maximize the tax deductibility of 
compensation paid to our most highly compensated executives under Section 162(m).  For example, 
awards under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan are intended to satisfy certain of the requirements for an 
exemption for “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m).  We do not believe 
that Section 162(m) will have a material adverse effect on us in 2015. 

Summary Compensation Table  

The following table summarizes compensation earned during 2014, 2013 and 2012 by our chief 
executive officer, chief financial officer and each of our executive officers in our continuing operations.  
We refer to these individuals throughout this proxy statement as the “Named Executive Officers.”   

Name and Principal Position 
Mark S. Gorder, ..............................  
President and Chief Executive 
Officer  (principal executive officer) 

Scott Longval, .................................  
Chief Financial Officer and 
Treasurer (principal financial officer) 

Michael P. Geraci, ...........................  
Vice President, Sales and Marketing 

Dennis L. Gonsior, ..........................  
Vice President, Global Operations 

Year 
2014 
2013 
2012 

2014 
2013 
2012 

2014
2013 
2012 

2014
2013 
2012 

Salary 
($) 
394,000 
386,250 
375,000 

215,500 
203,300 
190,000 

231,100
226,600 
220,000 

216,300
206,000 
200,000 

Greg Gruenhagen, ...........................  
Vice President, Quality and 
Regulatory Affairs 

2014 
2013 
2012 

189,300 
182,000 
175,000 

____________________________ 

Stock 
Awards 
(1) 
($) 
7,000 
(cid:3)
(cid:3)

Option 
Awards 
(2) 
($) 
48,125 
101,250 
92,703 

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation 
(3) 
($) 
31,000 
(cid:3)
(cid:3)

All Other 
Compensation 
(4) 
($) 
26,758 
23,592 
23,919 

(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:3)

(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:3)

(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:3)

(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:3)

28,875 
60,750 
55,622 

28,875
60,750 
55,622 

28,875
60,750 
55,622 

28,875 
60,750 
55,622 

20,768 
(cid:3)
(cid:3)

22,271
(cid:3)
(cid:3)

20,845
(cid:3)
(cid:3)

18,243 
(cid:3)
(cid:3)

1,234 
1,211 
1,179 

4,176
4,405 
3,402 

3,612
3,615 
2,713 

5,602 
5,483 
4,544 

Total 
($) 
506,883 
511,092 
491,622 

266,377 
265,261 
246,801 

286,422
290,965 
279,024 

269,632
270,365 
258,335 

242,020 
248,233 
235,166 

(1) 

(2) 

Under the Non-Employee Director and Executive Officer Stock Purchase Program, executive officers may 
purchase shares of common stock directly from the Corporation at the last reported sale price on the date 
that the election to purchase is made.  During 2014, the Named Executive Officers purchased a total of 
1,000 shares of common stock from the Corporation under this program.   

The amounts included in the “Option Awards” column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of 
option awards granted during the year indicated, computed in accordance with FASB Codification 
Topic 718.   For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 12 to our consolidated financial 
statements included in our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.  
The amounts shown include the impact of option forfeitures during 2014.  A total of 43,100 options 
were forfeited under all plans during 2014.   

(3) 

Represents amounts payable under the Annual Incentive Plan for services rendered in 2014.  No 
amounts were payable under the Annual Incentive Plan for 2013 or 2012 because the plan targets were 
not reached. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4) 

Consists of payment of premiums for group term life insurance maintained for such executives and 
disability policies maintained for certain executives.  In the case of Mr. Gorder, such amount also 
includes payment of country club membership dues and payment for his automobile lease and related 
expenses.   

Employment Agreements 

We have entered into employment agreements with Mark S. Gorder, our President and Chief 

Executive Officer, and our executive officers. 

The employment agreements contain the following material terms: 

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

a current employment term expiring on April 30, 2015, subject to automatic renewal for 
additional one year terms unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least sixty 
(60) days prior to the end of the then current employment term; and 

a base salary as determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee, 
but in no event less than their base salaries for 2007 in effect at the time of the agreement. 

For a discussion of the provisions relating to the termination of the employment of the executive 

officer under certain circumstances, see “—Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or 
Change in Control.” 

Annual Incentive Plan  

In March 2012, the Compensation Committee adopted the Annual Incentive Plan for Executives 

and Key Employees, referred to as the Annual Incentive Plan.  Under the Annual Incentive Plan, our 
executive officers and key employees are eligible to receive incentive compensation based on (i) the 
Corporation achieving a designated level of financial results, referred to as the “plan target,” for a 
designated calendar year, referred to as a “plan year,” and (ii) if applicable, achievement of designated 
strategic objectives.   The plan targets and strategic objectives, if any, will be determined each year by the 
Compensation Committee.  A participant will receive incentive compensation only if the minimum plan 
target is achieved. No cash bonuses were paid under the Annual Incentive Plan for 2012 and 2013 
because the plan targets for such years were not reached.  In February 2015, the Compensation 
Committee determined that the target under the Annual Incentive Plan for 2014 had been achieved at the 
84% level and approved a total payout under the 2014 Annual Incentive Plan of $357,687, of which a 
total of $113,127 was paid to the Named Executive Officers. 

In February 2015, the Compensation Committee established the targets and bonus amounts for 

2015 under the Annual Incentive Plan. For 2015, based on the Corporation achieving a targeted range of 
net income, Mr. Gorder will be eligible to receive incentive compensation ranging from 2% to 40% of his 
plan year base salary and each of the other Named Executive Officers will be eligible to receive incentive 
compensation ranging from 3% to 35% of their plan year base salary.  Other employees are eligible to 
receive from 2% to 17% of their plan year base salaries depending upon their tier level. Between these 
points, the amount of the incentive compensation available will increase or decrease proportionately 
based upon the Corporation achieving more or less than the midpoint of the target range; however, no 
incentive compensation will be paid if the Corporation achieves less than the low end of the target range 
and the maximum incentive compensation payable is capped at the Corporation achieving the high end of 
the target range. 

The plan target is based on 2015 net income; provided, that the plan target must be achieved after 

accruing any incentive compensation payable under the Annual Incentive Plan.  In addition, the Named 
Executive Officers will not be entitled to incentive compensation at the minimum plan target level unless 

23 

certain strategic objectives for 2015 are achieved.  The Committee did not otherwise impose any strategic 
objectives because the Committee believed that reaching the plan targets would necessitate meeting any 
strategic objectives they would otherwise have imposed.  The Committee has the discretion to determine 
whether (and at what level) the plan target and strategic objectives have been satisfied and to adjust the 
plan target and strategic objectives as circumstances warrant.  The Committee has the authority to weight 
the importance of the strategic objectives and to determine the amount of the awards if less than all of the 
strategic objectives are achieved.  

The following table shows the potential amounts payable to our Named Executive Officers under 

the Annual Incentive Plan at different levels of the 2015 plan target. 

Potential incentive compensation payable under the 
Annual Incentive Plan at the following levels  
of the 2015 Plan Target: 

Name 
Mark S. Gorder ..........
Scott Longval.............
Michael P. Geraci.......
Dennis L. Gonsior ......
Greg Gruenhagen .......

Equity Plans  

Minimum 

Target 
Potential Incentive Compensation

Maximum 

$    8,125 
7,157
7,320
6,851
6,171

$   51,250
32,859
33.607
31,454
28,330

$   160,875
81,205
83,051
77,733
70,011

The following descriptions summarize our equity plans pursuant to which eligible employees, 
including the Named Executive Officers, and directors receive equity based awards.  Our 2006 Equity 
Incentive Plan replaced our 2001 Stock Option Plan (described below) and the Amended and Restated 
Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, referred to collectively as the “Old Plans.”  No additional 
grants may be made under the Old Plans.  Outstanding grants under the Old Plans continue to be 
governed by their terms and the terms of the Old Plans.   

In February 2014, the Board approved amendments to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and the Old 

Plans to permit “cashless” exercises for all stock options issued under such plans, regardless of whether 
the form of option agreement or award contains such a provision. 

In February 2015, the Board approved amendments to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and the Old 

Plans to provide that outstanding options under such plans will vest and become fully exercisable, and 
will be exercisable for the balance of the original term of the option, in the event of the termination of the 
participant from the Corporation due to death, disability or retirement, regardless of any contrary 
provision in the form of option agreement. 

2006 Equity Incentive Plan  

Shareholders approved the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan in April 2006 and, in April 2010 and May 
2012, approved amendments to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to, among other things, increase the shares 
of common stock authorized for issuance under that plan by 250,000 shares in 2010 and by 300,000 
shares in 2012.  

The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan permits grants of incentive stock options, options not intended to 

qualify as incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted and unrestricted stock awards, 

24 

restricted stock units, deferred stock units, performance awards, supplemental cash awards and 
combinations of the foregoing. 

The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of 

Directors. The Compensation Committee determines the type of awards to be granted under the 2006 
Equity Incentive Plan; selects award recipients and determines the extent of their participation; 
determines the method or formula for establishing the fair market value of the shares of common stock for 
various purposes under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan; and establishes all other terms, conditions, 
restrictions and limitations applicable to awards and the shares of common stock issued pursuant to 
awards, including, but not limited to, those relating to a participant’s retirement, death, disability, leave of 
absence or termination of employment. The Compensation Committee may accelerate or defer the vesting 
or payment of awards, cancel or modify outstanding awards, waive any conditions or restrictions imposed 
with respect to awards or the shares of common stock issued pursuant to awards and make any and all 
other interpretations and determinations which it deems necessary with respect to the administration of 
the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, other than a reduction of the exercise price of an option after the grant 
date and subject to the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to 
“covered employees,” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, except that the 
Committee may not, without the consent of the holder of an award or unless specifically authorized by the 
terms of the plan or an award, take any action with respect to such award if such action would adversely 
affect the rights of such holder. 

The maximum total number of shares for which awards may be granted under the 2006 Equity 

Incentive Plan, as amended, is 1,248,500 shares of common stock, subject to appropriate adjustment in a 
manner determined by the Board of Directors to reflect changes in the Corporation’s capitalization; 
however, such authorized share reserve will be increased from time to time by a number of shares equal 
to the number of shares of common stock that are issuable pursuant to grants outstanding under the Old 
Plans as of April 26, 2006 that, but for the termination and/or suspension of the Old Plans, would 
otherwise have reverted to the share reserve of the Old Plans pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of 
the expiration, termination, cancellation or forfeiture of such options. 

          As of February 19, 2015:  

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

options to purchase 1,287,014 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2006 
Equity Incentive Plan;  

the total number of shares available for new awards under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan 
was 50,214 shares of common stock; and  

options to purchase 146,800 shares of common stock were outstanding under the Old 
Plans, which shares will become available for new awards under the 2006 Equity 
Incentive Plan in the event of the cancellation, expiration, forfeiture or repurchase of such 
awards.  

The maximum number of shares of common stock for which stock options may be granted to any 

person in any fiscal year and the maximum number shares of common stock subject to SARs granted to 
any person in any fiscal year each is 50,000.  The maximum number of shares of common stock subject to 
other Awards granted to any person in any fiscal year is 50,000 shares.   

If the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan is approved by shareholders, then no new awards will be 

granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. 

25 

 
 
2001 Stock Option Plan 

The 2001 Stock Option Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options (as defined in 
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code) and non-qualified stock options for officers and other key 
employees of the Corporation.   

The Compensation Committee administers the 2001 Stock Option Plan.  Non-qualified stock 

options granted under the 2001 Stock Option Plan were required to have a per share exercise price of at 
least the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of grant.  Incentive stock options 
granted under the 2001 Stock Option Plan were required to have a per share exercise price of at least 
100% of the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of grant, and not less than 110% 
of the fair market value in the case of incentive stock options granted to an employee who holds more 
than 10% of the total voting power of all classes of the Corporation’s stock or any parent or subsidiary’s 
stock.  Payment of the exercise price or purchase price with respect to any award may be made in cash or 
other consideration as determined by the Compensation Committee.  The term of an option cannot be 
longer than 10 years from the date of grant or five years from the date of grant of an incentive stock 
option in the case of a greater than 10% shareholder. 

26 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End  

The following table summarizes stock option awards held by our Named Executive Officers as of 

December 31, 2014.  We do not have any outstanding stock awards. 

Name 
Mark S. Gorder, ............................................
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(principal executive officer) 

Scott Longval, ..............................................
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
(principal financial officer) 

Michael P. Geraci, ........................................
Vice President, Sales and Marketing 

Dennis L. Gonsior, ........................................
Vice President, Global Operations 

Greg Gruenhagen, .........................................
Vice President, Quality and Regulatory 
Affairs 

Number of Securities 
Underlying Unexercised 
Options 
(#) 
Exercisable 
50,000 
15,000 
25,000 
20,000 
25,000 
 16,667 
               8,333 
                  - 

25,000 
  5,000 
15,000 
10,000 
15,000 
             10,000 
               5,000 
                  - 

25,000 
10,000 
20,000 
10,000 
15,000 
             10,000 
               5,000 
                 - 

25,000 
10,000 
20,000 
10,000 
15,000 
             10,000 
               5,000 
                  - 

 5,000 
 2,500 
             10,000 
10,000 
15,000 
10,000 
               5,000 

- 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) 
Unexercisable 

Option 
Exercise 
Price 
($) 

2.45
5.35
14.70
4.69
4.53
6.26
4.05
3.85

5.30
5.35
14.70
4.69
4.53
6.26
4.05
3.85

2.45
5.35
14.70
4.69
4.53
6.26
4.05
3.85

2.45
5.35
14.70
4.69
4.53
6.26
4.05
3.85

2.45
5.35
   14.70
4.69
4.53
6.26
4.05
     3.85

      8,333(1) 
      16,667(2) 
      12,500(3) 

5,000(1) 
10,000(2) 
 7,500(3) 

5,000(1) 
10,000(2) 
 7,500(3) 

5,000(1) 
10,000(2) 
 7,500(3) 

5,000(1)
10,000(2) 
7,500(3) 

Option Expiration 
Date 
7/27/2015
12/11/2016
12/10/2017
12/09/2018
4/27/2021
1/2/2022
1/5/2023
1/2/2024

7/18/2016
12/11/2016
12/10/2017
12/09/2018
4/27/2021
1/2/2022
1/5/2023
1/2/2024

7/27/2015
12/11/2016
12/10/2017
12/09/2018
4/27/2021
1/2/2022
1/5/2023
1/2/2024

7/27/2015
12/11/2016
12/10/2017
12/09/2018
4/27/2021
1/2/2022
1/5/2023
1/2/2024

7/27/2015
12/11/2016
12/10/2017
12/09,2018
4/27/2021
     1/2/2022
1/5/2023
1/2/2024

______________________________ 

(1) The unvested balance of this option vests on January 2, 2015. 
(2) The unvested balance of this option vests in two equal installments on each of January 5, 2015 and 2016. 
(3) The unvested balance of this option vests in three equal installments on each of January 2, 2015, 2016 and 

2017. 

27 

              
 Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control 

Our employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers provide the following material 

terms in the event of the termination of the employment of the executive under certain circumstances:  

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

in the event of the termination of the executive’s employment without cause, we are 
required to pay the executive’s base salary and medical benefits for a severance period 
equal to one year (two years in the case of Mr. Gorder with respect to salary); provided 
that for any executive that has less than 12 years of continuous service with us, the 
severance period will be equal to 30 days for each year of continuous full-time 
employment, but in no event less than 90 days or more than one year. We are required to 
pay the present value of the base salary in a lump sum, using a discount rate of 6%;   

in the event that (i) there occurs a change in control or sale of our assets accounting for 
90% of more of our sales and (ii) the executive’s employment is involuntarily terminated 
within one year afterwards, we are required to pay the executive’s base salary for one 
year (two years for Mr. Gorder) in a lump sum and to continue medical benefits for a 
period of one year;   

in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors, in the event that the 
executive is terminated without cause or there occurs a change of control followed by the 
executive’s involuntary termination, we may elect to pay executive a prorated amount of 
the bonus that executive would have been entitled to receive for the year in which he was 
terminated;  

the immediate vesting of all stock options and equity awards held by the executive in the 
event of a change in control or in the event that the executive’s employment is terminated 
(i) by us for any reason other than cause or (ii) by the executive under circumstances that 
constitute an involuntary termination; and   

a one year non-competition covenant (or, if longer, for so long as the period with respect 
to which executive is entitled to receive, or has received, payment of severance following 
a termination by us without cause or change of control) and covenants concerning 
confidentiality and inventions. 

In the event that we give a notice of non-renewal of the term of the agreement to the executive 

and, within 12 months after the date of the non-renewal notice, the executive’s employment is terminated 
by us for any reason other than cause or the death or disability of executive, then the executive will be 
entitled to the severance benefits described above with respect to a termination without cause except that 
the severance period shall be reduced by the number of days between the date of the non-renewal notice 
and the termination of executive’s employment. 

As defined in the employment agreements: 

“Asset Sale” means the sale of our assets (including the stock or assets of our subsidiaries) to 

which 90% or more of our consolidated sales volume is attributable. 

“Cause” means the following, provided that, in the case of circumstances described in the fourth 

through sixth clauses below, we must have first given written notice to executive, and executive must 
have failed to remedy the circumstances as determined in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors 
within 30 days after such notice:   

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

fraud or dishonesty in connection with executive’s employment or theft, misappropriation 
or embezzlement of our funds;   

conviction of any felony, crime involving fraud or knowing misrepresentation, or of any 
other crime (whether or not such felony or crime is connected with his employment) the 

28 

effect of which in the judgment of the Board of Directors is likely to adversely affect us 
or our affiliates;   

(cid:2) material breach of executive’s obligations under the employment agreement;  
(cid:2)

repeated and consistent failure of executive to be present at work during normal business 
hours unless the absence is because of a disability as defined in the agreement;  
(cid:2) willful violation of any express direction or requirement established by the Board of 

Directors, as determined by a majority of Board of Directors;  

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

insubordination, gross incompetence or misconduct in the performance of, or gross 
neglect of, executive’s duties under the employment agreement, as determined by a 
majority of the Board of Directors; or  

use of alcohol or other drugs which interfere with the performance by executive of his 
duties, or use of any illegal drugs or narcotics.   

“Change of control” of means an “asset sale” or a “change in majority stock ownership.” 

“Change in majority stock ownership” means the acquisition by any “person” (as such term is 
used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, referred to as the “Exchange 
Act”), including any affiliate or associate as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act of such 
person, or any group of persons acting in concert, other than us, any trustee or other fiduciary holding 
securities under an employee benefit plan of ours, or any corporation or other entity owned, directly or 
indirectly, by our shareholders in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of capital stock of 
us, of “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 
50% or more of the combined voting power of our then outstanding securities. 

“Involuntarily terminated” means:   

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

any termination of the employment of executive by us other than for cause, death or 
disability; or   

any termination of employment of the executive by executive following:  
o a material diminution in the executive’s base compensation; 
o a material diminution in the executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; 
o a material diminution in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to 
whom the executive is required to report, including a requirement that a executive 
report to a corporate officer or employee instead of reporting directly to the board of 
directors; 

o a material diminution in the budget over which the executive retains authority; 
o a material change in the geographic location at which the executive must perform the 

services; or 

o any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by us under the 

agreement. 

Provided, however, that with respect to any termination by executive pursuant to the foregoing, executive 
shall have first provided notice to us of the existence of the condition proposed to be relied upon within 
90 days of the initial existence of the condition, and shall have given us a period of 30 days during which 
we may remedy the condition and we shall have failed to do so during such period. 

The change in control provisions that we use contain a “double trigger” requirement, meaning 
that for an executive to receive a payment under the change of control provision, there must be both a 

29 

  
change of control, as defined in the applicable agreement, and an involuntary termination of the 
executive’s employment. The double trigger requirement was chosen to prevent us from having to pay 
substantial payments in connection with a change in control where an executive had not suffered any 
adverse employment consequences. However, all stock options will vest and become immediately 
exercisable upon a change of control, regardless of whether the executive is involuntarily terminated. 

Disability Benefits for Certain Named Executive Officers. We provide all of our full-time 

salaried employees with short-term disability benefits for six months. We also maintain a disability 
insurance policy on behalf of certain members of our senior management, including our Named Executive 
Officers, which is in addition to the disability benefits that we maintain for our salaried employees. In the 
event that any of these executives became disabled, as provided in their respective policies, was unable to 
return to the performance of their duties after six months and was terminated as an employee effective as 
of December 31, 2014, they would be paid monthly benefits until age 65 as follows: Mr. Gorder - $8,370  
per month; Mr. Geraci - $6,450 per month; Mr. Gonsior - $5,860 per month; Mr. Gruenhagen - $6,935 
per month; and Mr. Longval $3,250 per month.   

Equity Plans.  Our Named Executive Officers hold unvested stock options under our 2001 Stock 

Option Plan and our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.   All options under the 2001 Stock Option Plan are 
vested. 

Under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, all unvested options will automatically accelerate and 

become vested upon the death, disability, retirement of the holder or upon a change of control of us, as 
defined in that Plan. 

Under both the 2001 Stock Option Plan and 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, options held by an 

employee whose employment is terminated for cause, as defined in those plans, will terminate 
immediately. In addition, under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, the voluntary resignation of employment 
by an employee, other than for retirement as defined, will not result in the acceleration of unvested 
options. 

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions 

Mr. Gorder, our president, chief executive officer and a director, is a general partner (with a one-
third interest) of Arden Partners I, L.L.P., a Minnesota limited liability partnership, referred to as Arden, 
that owns and leases to us property under a lease entered into in 1991, which we use as a manufacturing 
facility.  In October 2013, the lease was renewed with a term expiring on October 31, 2016.  Under the 
lease, we pay Arden a base monthly rent of approximately $31,007 plus real estate taxes and other 
charges.  In 2014 and 2013, we paid Arden approximately $486,000 each year for rent, real estate taxes 
and other charges.  Mr. Gorder’s interest in such payments was approximately $163,000 in each of 2014 
and 2013.

We use the law firm of Blank Rome LLP for legal services.  A partner of that firm is the son-in-
law of the Chairman of our Board of Directors, Mr. McKenna; however, the legal services are provided 
by other attorneys at that firm and not by the son-in-law.  In 2014 and 2013, we paid that firm 
approximately $156,000 and $228,000, respectively, for legal services and costs.  The interest of the son-
in-law in such amounts is not determinable. 

The foregoing transactions were approved by the disinterested members of the Audit Committee 

pursuant to its written policy applicable to related party transactions.  

30 

  
PROPOSAL 2 

ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

As described in detail under the heading “Executive Compensation” beginning on page 17 of this 

Proxy Statement, our executive compensation program is designed to attract and retain talented and 
dedicated executive officers and to align a significant portion of their compensation with our business 
objectives and performance and the interests of our shareholders.  We believe that our program creates an 
environment of shared risk between our executive officers and our shareholders by including equity based 
awards and cash compensation based on financial performance as part of our executive compensation 
program.  We believe that our executive compensation program should focus management’s attention on 
achieving both annual performance targets and profitable growth over a longer time period.  The program 
is designed to reward management for the achievement of both short and long term strategic objectives as 
established by the Board of Directors.  Additional details about our executive compensation programs, 
including information about executive compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, are 
described under the section entitled “Executive Compensation” which begins on page 17 of this Proxy 
Statement.  

Securities laws require that we provide our shareholders with the opportunity to vote to approve, 
on a nonbinding, advisory basis, the compensation of our Named Executives Officers as disclosed in this 
proxy statement at least once every three years, commonly known as a “say-on-pay” proposal.   In 
accordance with the shareholders’ advisory vote on the frequency of the say-on-pay vote that was held at 
the 2013 annual meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors has determined to hold the say-on-pay 
vote on executive compensation every year until we hold another advisory vote on the frequency of the 
say-on-pay vote. 

We are asking our shareholders to indicate their support for our Named Executive Officer 
compensation as described in this Proxy Statement. This proposal gives our shareholders the opportunity 
to express their views on the compensation of our Named Executive Officers. This vote is not intended to 
address any specific item of compensation, but rather the overall compensation of our Named Executive 
Officers and the philosophy, policies and practices described in this Proxy Statement.  Accordingly, the 
following resolution is submitted for shareholder vote at the Annual Meeting: 

“RESOLVED, that the shareholders of IntriCon Corporation hereby APPROVE, on an advisory 
basis, the compensation paid to its named executive officers, as disclosed in the Proxy Statement for the 
2015 annual meeting of shareholders pursuant to the compensation disclosure rules of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission, including the compensation tables and the narrative discussion that accompany 
the compensation tables.” 

This say-on-pay vote is advisory, and therefore not binding on the Corporation, the Compensation 

Committee or our Board of Directors. Our Board and our Compensation Committee value the opinion of 
our shareholders and to the extent there is any significant vote against the compensation of Named 
Executive Officers as disclosed in this Proxy Statement, we will consider our shareholders’ concerns and 
the Compensation Committee will evaluate whether any actions are necessary to address those concerns. 
Proxies submitted without direction pursuant to this solicitation will be voted “for” approval of the 
compensation of our Named Executives Officers as disclosed in this proxy statement. 

The Board of Directors recommends a vote “FOR” the approval of the compensation of our 

Named Executive Officers as disclosed in this proxy statement. 

31 

PROPOSAL 3 

APPROVAL OF 2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN 

In March 2015, the Board of Directors, upon recommendation from the Compensation 

Committee, approved the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”), subject to shareholder approval.  
The Corporation is submitting the 2015 Plan to shareholders for approval in accordance with the Nasdaq 
Stock Market listing standards that require shareholder approval of most equity-based compensation 
plans, including the 2015 Plan.  The 2015 Plan is also being submitted for shareholder approval so that 
the requisite shareholder approval may be obtained to permit the issuance of incentive stock options under 
the Internal Revenue Code and to permit the Corporation to deduct certain performance-based 
compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.  The 2015 Plan is described below. 

The 2015 Plan will replace the Corporation’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan on a prospective basis.  

If the 2015 Plan is approved by the Corporation’s shareholders, no new grants will be made from the 
2006 Equity Incentive Plan.  See “– Number of Shares Available for Issuance.” Any awards previously 
granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will continue to vest and be exercisable in accordance with 
their original terms and conditions.  The Corporation also has options outstanding under its Non-
Employee Directors Stock Option Plan and 2001 Stock Option Plan, which options will continue to vest 
and be exercisable in accordance with their original terms and conditions.  If the 2015 Plan is not 
approved, the Corporation intends to continue to issue options under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to the 
extent that authorized shares are available.   

Description of the 2015 Plan 

The following summary of the 2015 Plan is qualified in its entirety by the specific language of the 

2015 Plan, which is attached as Appendix A to this proxy statement.  Capitalized terms used but not 
defined herein have the meanings set forth in the 2015 Plan. 

General 

The purposes of the 2015 Plan are to attract and promote the long-term retention of key 
employees, directors and certain other persons who are in a position to make significant contributions to 
the success of the Corporation, to reward these employees, directors and other persons for their 
contributions, to provide additional incentive to such employees, directors and other persons to continue 
making similar contributions and to further align the interests of these employees, directors and other 
persons with those of the Corporation’s shareholders.  To achieve these purposes, the 2015 Plan permits 
grants of incentive stock options (“ISOs”), options not intended to qualify as incentive stock options 
(“non-ISOs”), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted and unrestricted stock awards, restricted 
stock units, performance awards, supplemental cash awards and combinations of the foregoing 
(collectively referred to as “Awards”).  Awards of restricted and unrestricted stock, restricted stock units 
and/or deferred stock may also be issued to participants in connection with management or employee 
purchase programs.  Shares issuable under Awards that terminate unexercised or otherwise terminate 
without an issuance of shares, shares issuable under Awards that are payable in stock or cash but are paid 
in cash, shares issued but later forfeited and shares that, at the election of the plan participant, are 
withheld by the Corporation to pay the exercise or purchase price of the Award or applicable withholding 
taxes will be available for future Awards under the 2015 Plan. 

The 2015 Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue 
Code (the “Section 162(m) Limitations”), which limits the deductibility for Federal corporate income tax 
purposes of certain compensation in excess of $1,000,000 per year paid by a publicly traded corporation 

32 

to “Covered Employees.”  “Covered Employees” are determined at the end of the tax year, and are the 
chief executive officer plus the other three most highly compensated employees of the Corporation whose 
compensation is required to be reported to shareholders in the proxy statement under applicable SEC rules 
and regulations. 

Compensation paid to Covered Employees will not be subject to the Section 162(m) Limitations 
if it is considered “qualified performance-based compensation.” Under the regulations to Section 162(m), 
compensation related to Awards (other than supplemental cash awards) is deemed to constitute qualified 
performance-based compensation if the Award meets the following conditions: (i) it is made by a 
committee of the board of directors comprised solely of two or more outside directors; (ii) the plan under 
which the Award is made sets forth the maximum number of shares with respect to Awards that may be 
granted to any individual during a specified period; (iii) under the terms of the Award, the amount of 
compensation that an employee can receive is based solely on an increase in the value of the shares of 
common stock after the date of the grant or award or the entitlement to the compensation subject to the 
Award is contingent solely on the attainment of one or more pre-established and objective performance 
goals; and (iv) the material terms of plan are disclosed to and approved by shareholders.  As described in 
more detail below, the terms of the 2015 Plan are intended to satisfy the foregoing requirements with 
respect to Awards to “Covered Employees.” 

Administration 

The 2015 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board 

of Directors, which has full and exclusive power to administer and interpret the 2015 Plan, to grant 
Awards and to adopt such administrative rules, regulations, procedures and guidelines governing the 2015 
Plan and the Awards as it may deem necessary in its discretion, from time to time.  The Committee is 
comprised solely of outside directors of the Corporation who are intended to satisfy the requirements of 
the Section 162(m) Limitations.  The Committee’s authority will include the authority to: (i) determine 
the type of Awards to be granted under the 2015 Plan; (ii) select Award recipients and determine the 
extent of their participation; (iii) determine the method or formula for establishing the fair market value of 
the shares of common stock for various purposes under the 2015 Plan; and (iv) establish all other terms, 
conditions, restrictions and limitations applicable to Awards and the shares of common stock issued 
pursuant to Awards, including, but not limited to, those relating to a participant’s Retirement, death, 
disability, leave of absence or termination of employment.  The Committee may accelerate or defer the 
vesting or payment of Awards, cancel or modify outstanding Awards, waive any conditions or restrictions 
imposed with respect to Awards or the shares of common stock issued pursuant to Awards and make any 
and all other interpretations and determinations which it deems necessary with respect to the 
administration of the 2015 Plan, other than a reduction of the exercise price of an option after the grant 
date and subject to the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to 
“Covered Employees.”  The Committee’s right to make any decision, interpretation or determination 
under the 2015 Plan shall be in its sole and absolute discretion.   

The Committee may, subject to criteria, limitations and instructions as the Committee determines, 
delegate to an appropriate officer of the Corporation the authority to determine the individual Participants 
and amount and nature of the Award to be issued to such Participants; provided, that no Awards may be 
made pursuant to such delegation to a Participant who is subject to Section 16(b) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

Eligibility 

ISOs may be granted under the 2015 Plan only to employees of the Corporation.  All current and 

future employees of the Corporation, directors and other persons who, in the opinion of the Committee, 

33 

are in a position to make significant contributions to the success of the Corporation, such as consultants 
and non-employee directors, are eligible to receive all other types of Awards under the 2015 Plan. 

Number of Shares Available for Issuance  

As of the Effective Date of the 2015 Plan, no additional grants will be made under the 

Corporation’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.  Outstanding grants and awards under the 2006 Equity 
Incentive Plan will continue to be governed by their terms and the terms of the 2006 Equity Incentive 
Plan. 

The aggregate number of shares of common stock for which Awards may be granted under the 

2015 Plan is 500,214 shares of common stock, which includes 50,214 shares which remain available for 
grant under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan; provided, however, that such share reserve shall be increased 
from time to time by a number of shares equal to the number of shares of common stock that are issuable 
pursuant to option grants outstanding under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, the Non-Employee Directors 
Stock Option Plan and the 2001 Stock Option Plan (collectively referred to as the “Old Plans”) as of the 
Effective Date that, but for the termination or suspension of the Old Plans, would otherwise have reverted 
to the share reserve of the Old Plans pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of the expiration, 
termination, cancellation, cashless exercise, net exercise or forfeiture of such options.   

As of the date of this proxy statement, 146,800 shares of common stock are subject to outstanding 

options under the Old Plans, which shares will become available for new Awards under the 2015 Plan in 
the event of the expiration, termination, cancellation, cashless exercise, net exercise or forfeiture of such 
options as described above. 

The maximum number of shares of common stock for which Stock Options may be granted to 

any person in any fiscal year and the maximum number of SARs granted to any person in any fiscal year 
will each be 50,000.  The maximum number of shares of common stock subject to other Awards granted 
to any person in any fiscal year will be 50,000 shares.  The foregoing provisions will be construed in a 
manner consistent with Section 162(m). 

Adjustments 

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of equity securities, 

merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, divestiture or other distribution (other than 
ordinary cash dividends) of assets to shareholders, or any other event affecting the shares of common 
stock that the Committee deems, in its sole discretion, to be similar circumstances, the Committee may 
make such adjustments as it may deem appropriate, in its discretion, to: 

(cid:2)

(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)

(cid:2)

the maximum number of shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan or to any one 
participant; 
the number or kind of shares of shares of common stock covered by outstanding Awards; 
the exercise price applicable to outstanding Awards; 
any measure of performance that relates to an Award in order to reflect such change in 
the shares of common stock; and/or  
any other affected terms of any equity-based Award. 

Exercise Price 

The Committee will determine the exercise price applicable to each ISO, non-ISO and SAR, 

which will not be less than the fair market value of Corporation shares of common stock at the time of the 

34 

grant, as described below.  The 2015 Plan does not permit the repricing of options without prior 
shareholder approval. 

Options 

Recipients of stock options under the 2015 Plan will have the right to purchase shares of common 

stock at an exercise price, during a period of time and on such other terms and conditions as are 
determined by the Committee.  For ISOs, the recipient must be an employee, the exercise price must be at 
least 100% (110% if issued to a greater than ten percent shareholder of the Corporation) of the fair market 
value of the Corporation’s shares of common stock on the date of grant and the term cannot exceed ten 
years (five years if issued to a greater than ten percent shareholder of the Corporation) from date of grant.   

The maximum number of ISOs that may be granted under the 2015 Plan is limited to 500,214 

shares of common stock plus the number of shares of common stock that are issuable pursuant to option 
grants outstanding under the Old Plans as of the Effective Date that but for the termination or suspension 
of the Old Plans, would otherwise have reverted to the share reserve of the Old Plans pursuant to the 
terms thereof as a result of the expiration, termination, cancellation, cashless exercise, net exercise  or 
forfeiture of such options. 

The exercise price of a non-ISO must be at least 100% of the fair market value of shares of 
common stock on the date of grant.  An option exercise price may be paid in cash or by check, bank draft 
or money order payable to the order of the Corporation, or if permitted by the Committee and subject to 
certain conditions, by delivery of  shares of common stock that have been owned by the recipient for at 
least six months (unless the Committee expressly approves a shorter period) and have a fair market value 
on the date of exercise at least equal to the exercise price, or an unconditional and irrevocable undertaking 
by a broker to promptly deliver the necessary funds (including in connection with so-called “cashless 
exercise” effected by such broker) or by a combination of such methods.  Additionally, an option may be 
exercised by the “net exercise” method without the payment of cash.  In a net exercise, upon exercise of 
an option, the Corporation issues the number of shares with a fair market value equal to the excess of the 
fair market value of the shares exercised at the time of exercise over the exercise price. 

The Committee may at any time accelerate the time at which all or any part of the option may be 

exercised. 

Stock Appreciation Rights 

SARs may be granted under the 2015 Plan either alone or in tandem with stock options.  

Generally, recipients of SARs are entitled to receive upon exercise, cash or shares of common stock 
(valued at the then fair market value of shares of common stock) equal to such fair market value on the 
date of exercise minus the fair market value on the date of grant of the shares subject to the SAR, 
although certain other measurements also may be used.  A SAR granted in tandem with a stock option is 
exercisable only if and to the extent that the option is exercisable. 

Stock Awards 

The 2015 Plan provides for restricted and unrestricted stock awards, restricted stock units and 

deferred stock awards.  Restricted and unrestricted stock awards allow the recipient to acquire shares of 
common stock for no consideration, nominal consideration or any higher price determined by the 
Committee.  In the case of restricted stock awards, the shares acquired are subject to a vesting schedule 
and other possible conditions determined by the Committee.  A restricted stock unit is an award 
denominated in restricted shares of common stock, pursuant to a formula determined by the Committee, 

35 

which may be settled either in restricted shares of common stock or in cash, in the discretion of the 
Committee, subject to such other terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations determined by the 
Committee from time to time.  A deferred stock award entitles the recipient to receive shares of common 
stock to be delivered in the future.  Delivery of the shares of common stock will take place at such time or 
times, and on such terms and conditions, as the Committee may determine. 

Performance Awards 

The 2015 Plan provides for performance awards entitling the recipient to receive Awards without 

payment upon achieving certain performance goals determined by the Committee.  At the discretion of 
the Committee, any of the above-described Awards may be contingent on attainment of performance 
goals which are based on certain pre-established criteria.  Performance goals may involve overall 
corporate performance, operating group or business unit performance, personal performance or any other 
category of performance determined by the Committee. 

Supplemental Cash Awards 

Under the 2015 Plan and subject to applicable law, supplemental cash awards may be granted to 

recipients of Awards to help defray taxes due as a result of the Awards.  The terms and conditions of 
supplemental cash awards are determined by the Committee.   

Termination of Awards 

Upon termination of a recipient’s employment or other relationship with the Corporation due to 
death, Disability or Retirement, except as otherwise determined by the Committee: (i) stock options and 
SARs will automatically become exercisable in full and will remain exercisable for a period equal to the 
unexpired term of the options or SARs; (ii) all restricted stock and restricted stock units shall 
automatically become free of all restrictions and conditions; and  (iii) any payment or benefit under 
deferred stock awards, performance awards and supplemental grants shall be made by the Corporation.  
Retirement is defined in the 2015 Plan as termination of employment with or service to the Corporation 
by a participant, other than by reason of death or permanent disability or termination for Cause, at a time 
when such participant has attained age 65 or greater, provided that such participant has performed a 
minimum of five years of service for the Corporation, except that in the case of a director who meets the 
age and years of service requirement in the definition of Retirement, such term also includes the failure to 
be re-nominated for election, the failure to be re-elected by the shareholders, removal by shareholders or 
the Board (other than a removal for Cause) and resignation of such director. 

Upon termination of a recipient’s employment or other relationship with the Corporation for any 
reason other than death, Disability or Retirement, except as otherwise determined by the Committee: (i) 
stock options and SARs, to the extent that they were exercisable at the time of termination, will remain 
exercisable for a period ending on the earlier of  (a) 90 days after the date of termination and (b) the 
scheduled expiration date of the option, after which they shall terminate; (ii) stock options and SARs that 
are not then exercisable shall terminate upon such termination; (iii) all restricted stock shall be transferred 
to the Corporation for purchase for the amount of cash paid for such stock, or forfeited to the Corporation 
if no cash were paid; and (iv) any payment or benefit under restricted stock units, deferred stock awards, 
performance awards and supplemental grants to which the recipient was not irrevocably entitled at the 
time of termination shall be forfeited and such Awards cancelled as of the date of such termination.   

36 

Deferral of Awards 

In connection with the 2015 Plan, the Board of Directors may adopt a deferred compensation plan 

that will permit participants in the 2015 Plan to defer receipt of Awards granted pursuant to the 2015 
Plan.  If deferred, the Awards would be paid at a future date pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. 

Section 162(m) Limitations 

If the Committee determines at the time an Award that is intended to qualify as performance-

based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code is granted to a recipient 
that such recipient is, or may be as of the end of the tax year for which the Corporation would claim a tax 
Federal income tax deduction in connection with such Award, a “covered employee,” then, if necessary to 
preserve the deductibility of the Award under Section 162(m), the Committee may provide that the Award 
be subject to the achievement of specified levels of one or more of the following performance goals, 
unless and until the Corporation’s shareholders approve a change to such performance goals: operating 
income, net earnings, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), earnings 
before interest and taxes (EBIT), net income, earnings per share, total shareholder return, cash flow, 
return on assets, decrease in expenses, common stock price, price-earnings multiple, comparisons to 
market indices, sales growth, market share, the achievement of certain quantitatively and objectively 
determinable non-financial performance measures including, but not limited to, growth strategies, 
strategic initiatives, corporate development and leadership development, and any combination of the 
foregoing.  The performance goals shall be determined and approved by the Committee within the first 90 
days of each fiscal year or, if shorter, the first 25% of the performance period to which the Award relates. 
Awards subject to such conditions may not be adjusted upward; however, the Committee shall retain the 
discretion to adjust such Awards downward.  Prior to the payment of any Award subject to these Section 
162(m) Limitations, the Committee shall certify in writing that the applicable performance goal was 
satisfied. 

The Committee shall have the discretion to impose such other restrictions on Awards as it may 
deem necessary or appropriate to ensure that such Awards qualify as performance-based compensation 
for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.  In the event that applicable tax/and or 
securities laws change to permit the Committee the discretion to alter the governing performance goals 
without obtaining shareholder approval, the Committee shall have the sole discretion to make such 
changes without obtaining shareholder approval.  In addition, in the event that the Committee determines 
that it is advisable to grant Awards that shall not qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes 
of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the Committee may make such grants without satisfying 
the Section 162(m) Limitations.     

Change in Control 

The 2015 Plan generally provides that, unless the Committee determines otherwise at the time of 

grant with respect to a particular Award, in the event of a change in control (as defined below), (1) any 
options and SARs shall automatically become exercisable in full upon the occurrence of such change of 
control, (2) any restricted stock shall automatically become free of all restrictions and conditions upon the 
occurrence of such change of control, and (3) any conditions on restricted stock units, deferred stock 
awards performance awards and supplemental grants which relate only to the passage of time and 
continued employment shall automatically terminate upon the occurrence of such change of control. 

A change in control means: (i) the occurrence of an event that would, if known to the 

Corporation’s management, be required to be reported by the Corporation as a change in control pursuant 
to the SEC’s Current Report on Form 8-K under to the Exchange Act; or (ii) the acquisition or receipt, in 

37 

any manner, by any person (as defined for purposes of the Exchange Act) or any group of persons acting 
in concert, of direct or indirect beneficial ownership (as defined for purposes of the Exchange Act) of 
more than 50% of the Corporation’s combined voting securities ordinarily having the right to vote for the 
election of directors of the Corporation; or (iii) a change in the constituency of the Board of Directors 
with the result that individuals (the “Incumbent Directors”) who are members of the Board on the 
effective date of the 2015 Plan cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of 
Directors, provided that any individual who is elected to the Board after the effective date of the 2015 
Plan and whose nomination for election was unanimously approved by the Incumbent Directors shall be 
considered an Incumbent Director beginning on the date of his or her election to the Board, but excluding, 
for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or 
threatened election contest (as defined for purposes of the Exchange Act) with respect to the election or 
removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a 
person other than the Board of Directors; or (iv) the sale, exchange, liquidation or other disposition of all 
or more than 50% of the Corporation’s business or assets; unless in any such case, at least a majority of 
the Incumbent Directors determine, prior to the occurrence of such change in control, that no change in 
control has or will have occurred; or (v) the occurrence of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or other 
corporate transaction involving the Corporation, in each case, with respect to which the Corporation’s 
shareholders immediately prior to such transaction do not, immediately after such transaction, own more 
than 50% of the combined voting securities ordinarily having the right to vote for the election of directors 
of the Corporation or other corporation resulting from such transaction; or (vi) the approval by the 
Corporation’s shareholders of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation; or (vii) any 
similar transaction, circumstance or event which the Committee determines to constitute a change in 
control. 

Additional Cancellation Provisions 

In any instance where the rights of a recipient under an Award continue after termination of their 

service relationship with the Corporation, all of such rights shall terminate and be forfeited if, in the 
determination of the Committee, the recipient, at any time prior or subsequent to such termination, 
breached or violated, in a material way, the terms of any agreement with the Corporation, including any 
employment agreement, termination agreement, confidentiality agreement, non-solicitation agreement or 
non-competition agreement or engaged  or engages in conduct that would have permitted the Corporation 
to terminate the recipient’s service relationship for “Cause” if the recipient was still in such relationship 
with the Corporation.   

Reduction of Payments to Participants 

If any payment under the 2015 Plan constitutes a “parachute payment” within the meaning of 

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code and would be subject to the excise tax imposed on the 
participant by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such payment will be 
reduced, if on an after-tax basis (including the Excise Tax), such reduction would result in the recipient 
receiving a greater amount of the payment. 

Summary of Federal Income Tax Consequences 

The following is a brief summary of the principal United States federal income tax consequences 

of transactions under the 2015 Plan, based on current United States federal income tax laws.  This 
summary is not intended to be exhaustive, does not constitute tax advice and, among other things, does 
not describe state, local or foreign tax consequences. 

38 

Non-ISOs.  No taxable income is recognized by a participant upon the grant of an Option that is a  

non-ISO.  Upon the exercise of a non-ISO, the participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount 
equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of common stock received upon exercise 
over the aggregate non-ISO exercise price, even though the common stock received may be subject to a 
restriction on transferability or may be subsequently forfeited, in limited circumstances.  Income and 
payroll taxes are required to be withheld by the Corporation on the amount of ordinary income resulting 
to the participant from the exercise of a non-ISO.  Any ordinary income recognized by the participant is 
generally deductible by the Corporation for federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible 
limitations on deductibility of compensation paid to some executives under Section 162(m) of the Internal 
Revenue Code.  The participant’s tax basis in shares of common stock acquired by exercise of a non-ISO 
will be equal to the exercise price plus the amount taxable as ordinary income to the participant.   

Upon a sale of the shares of common stock received by the participant upon exercise of the non-
ISO, any gain or loss will generally be treated for federal income tax purposes as long-term or short-term 
capital gain or loss, depending upon the holding period of that stock.  The participant’s holding period for 
shares acquired after the exercise of a non-ISO begins on the date of exercise of that option. 

If the participant pays the exercise price in full or in part by using shares of previously acquired 

shares of common stock, the exercise will not affect the tax treatment described above and no gain or loss 
generally will be recognized to the participant with respect to the previously acquired shares.  The shares 
received upon exercise which are equal in number to the previously acquired shares used will have the 
same tax basis as the previously acquired shares surrendered to the Corporation, and will have a holding 
period for determining capital gain or loss that includes the holding period of the shares used.  The value 
of the remaining shares received by the participant will be taxable to the participant as compensation, 
even though those shares may be subject to sale restrictions.  The remaining shares will have a tax basis 
equal to the fair market value recognized by the participant as ordinary income and the holding period 
will commence on the exercise date.  Shares used to pay applicable income and payroll taxes arising from 
that exercise will generate taxable income or loss equal to the difference between the tax basis of those 
shares and the amount of income and payroll taxes satisfied with those shares.  The income or loss will be 
treated as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss depending on the holding period of the shares used.  
Where the shares used to pay applicable income and payroll taxes arising from that exercise generate a 
loss equal to the difference between the tax basis of those shares and the amount of income and payroll 
taxes satisfied with those shares, that loss may not be currently recognizable if, within a period beginning 
30 days before the exercise date and ending 30 days after that date, the participant acquires or enters into 
a contract or option to acquire additional shares of common stock.   

Participants may exercise non-ISO Options by a “net exercise.”  In a net exercise, upon exercise 
of an Option the Corporation issues the number of shares with a fair market value equal to the excess of 
the fair market value of the shares exercised at the time of exercise over the exercise price. In a net 
exercise, the participant will recognize for Federal income tax purposes ordinary income in an amount 
equal to the fair market value of the shares actually received.  The participant’s tax basis in any shares 
received pursuant to a net exercise is equal to the ordinary income recognized with respect to the exercise.  
In limited circumstances, if the shares that are received are subject to a restriction on transferability or 
forfeiture, the participant will not recognize income at exercise but will instead recognize ordinary 
income when the restrictions or possibility of forfeiture end. 

ISOs.  No taxable income is recognized by a participant upon the grant or exercise of an Option 

that is an ISO.  However, the exercise of an ISO will give rise to an item of tax preference that may result 
in alternative minimum tax liability for the participant. 

39 

If the shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO are held for at least two years after the 

date of grant of the ISO and at least one year after the date of exercise of the ISO, then: 

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

upon the sale of those shares, any amount realized in excess of the option exercise price 
will be taxed to that participant as a long-term capital gain; and  

the Corporation will not be allowed a deduction.   

If the shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO are disposed of prior to the expiration of either 

holding period described above, that disposition would be a “disqualifying disposition,” and generally: 

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

the participant will recognize ordinary income in the year of disposition in an amount 
equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise, 
or, if less, the amount realized on the disposition of the shares, over the ISO exercise 
price; and  

the Corporation will be entitled to deduct that amount. 

Any other gain realized by the participant on that disposition will be taxed as short-term or long-

term capital gain, and will not result in any deduction to the Corporation.  If a participant pays the 
exercise price in full or in part with previously acquired shares of common stock, the exchange will not 
affect the tax treatment of the exercise.  Upon the exchange, no gain or loss generally will be recognized 
upon the delivery of the previously acquired shares to the Corporation, and the shares issued in 
replacement of the shares used to pay the exercise price will have the same basis and holding period for 
capital gain purposes as the previously acquired shares.  A participant, however, would not be able to 
utilize the holding period for the previously acquired shares for purposes of satisfying the ISO statutory 
holding period requirements described above.  Additional shares of common stock will have a basis of 
zero and a holding period that commences on the date the shares of common stock are issued to the 
participant upon exercise of the ISO.  If this exercise is effected using shares of common stock previously 
acquired through the exercise of an ISO, the exchange of the previously acquired shares may be a 
disqualifying disposition of those shares of common stock if the holding periods discussed above have not 
been met. 

If an ISO is exercised at a time when it no longer qualifies as an ISO, the Option will be treated as 

a non-ISO.  Subject to some exceptions for permanent disability or death, an ISO generally will not be 
eligible for the federal income tax treatment described above if it is exercised more than three months 
following a termination of employment (one year if termination is due to death or disability, as defined in 
the Internal Revenue Code).   

Participants may exercise ISO Options by a “net exercise.”  In a net exercise, upon exercise of an 
Option the Corporation issues the number of shares with a fair market value equal to the excess of the fair 
market value of the shares exercised at the time of exercise over the exercise price.  In a net exercise, the  
participant will recognize for Federal income tax purposes ordinary income in an amount equal to the 
excess of the fair market value of the shares used to pay the exercise price over the Option exercise price 
for such shares.  The participant’s tax basis in any shares received pursuant to a net exercise is equal to 
the Option exercise price for such shares. In limited circumstances, if the shares that are received are 
subject to a restriction on transferability or forfeiture, the participant will not recognize income at exercise 
but will instead recognize ordinary income when the restrictions or possibility of forfeiture end. 

Stock Appreciation Rights.  No taxable income is recognized by a participant upon the grant of a 
SAR.  Upon the exercise of a SAR, the participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to 
the cash received plus the fair market value of any shares of common stock received from the exercise.  

40 

The participant’s tax basis in the shares of common stock received in the exercise of the SAR will be 
equal to the ordinary income recognized with respect to the shares of common stock.  The participant’s 
holding period for shares acquired on the exercise of a SAR begins on the exercise date.  Income and 
payroll taxes are required to be withheld on the amount of compensation attributable to the exercise of the 
SAR, whether the income is paid in cash or shares.  Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Corporation will 
generally be entitled to a deduction in the amount of the ordinary income recognized by the participant.   

Unrestricted and Restricted Stock.  Upon the grant of an unrestricted stock award, the participant 
recognizes ordinary income equal to the fair market value on the date of grant minus the price paid for the 
shares awarded.  A recipient of a restricted stock award recognizes ordinary income only as of and when 
the shares vest or are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (as defined in the Internal 
Revenue Code).  The ordinary income recognized on each vesting or transfer date equals the fair market 
value on that date less any purchase price paid for the shares.  A recipient of a restricted stock award may, 
however, choose or be required by the terms of the award to elect under Section 83(b) of the Internal 
Revenue Code to have the ordinary income associated with all of the restricted shares recognized and 
measured on the date of grant.  A recipient who makes such an election and later forfeits restricted shares 
may claim a loss for tax purposes only in an amount equal to the excess of the purchase price paid for the 
shares (if any) over the amount received (if any) upon the forfeiture.  The Corporation will generally be 
entitled to a deduction at the time and in the amount of the ordinary income recognized by the participant. 

Restricted Stock Units.  A recipient of a restricted stock unit award recognizes ordinary income 
only as of and when the shares vest or are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (as defined 
in the Internal Revenue Code).  The ordinary income recognized on each vesting or transfer date equals 
the fair market value on that date less the price paid for the shares.  The Corporation will generally be 
entitled to a deduction at the time and in the amount of the ordinary income recognized by the participant.   

Performance Awards and Supplemental Grants.  The tax consequences of a performance award 
depend upon the nature of the underlying award earned if and when the performance goals are achieved.  
The recipient of a supplemental cash award recognizes ordinary income equal to the amount received, and 
the Corporation will generally be entitled to a corresponding deduction. 

Certain Limitations on Deductibility of Executive Compensation.  As discussed above, the 

Section 162(m) Limitations apply to all Awards granted under the 2015 Plan, unless certain conditions 
are satisfied.  Compensation under the 2015 Plan generally is intended to satisfy those conditions and 
constitute “qualified performance-based compensation,” but there is no guarantee that an individual 
Award will do so.  As discussed above, payments to or benefits for participants that constitute “parachute 
payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code may be subject to an excise 
tax imposed on the participant by Section 4999 of the Code.  If any such payment or benefit is subject to 
the excise tax, the payment or benefit may not be deducted by the Corporation. 

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.  Certain awards under the 2015 Plan may be subject 
to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which addresses “nonqualified deferred compensation.”  
Awards under the 2015 Plan are generally designed to avoid the additional taxes, excise taxes and interest 
imposed by Section 409A on participants, but there is no guarantee that an individual Award will do so.  
If an Award under the 2015 Plan that is subject to Section 409A is not administered in compliance with 
Section 409A, or if an Award under the 2015 Plan that is exempt from Section 409A is not administered 
in compliance with such exemption, or if such Awards are not administered in compliance with their 
terms, then all compensation under the 2015 Plan that is considered “nonqualified deferred 
compensation” (and awards under any other plan of the Corporation that are required pursuant to Section 
409A to be aggregated with the Award under the 2015 Plan) will be taxable to the participant as ordinary 
income in the year of the violation, or if later, the year in which the compensation subject to the award is 

41 

no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.  In addition, the participant will be subject to an 
additional tax equal to 20% of the compensation that is required to be included in income as a result of the 
violation, plus interest from the date that the compensation subject to the award was required to be 
included in taxable income. 

Amendment and Termination 

The 2015 Plan may be amended or terminated by the Committee at any time, without the 

approval of shareholders or participants, provided that any such action shall not affect any Awards 
granted before the actual date on which such action is taken by the Committee; and further provided that 
the approval of our shareholders shall be required whenever necessary for the 2015 Plan to continue to 
satisfy the conditions of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code 
with respect to the award of ISOs (unless the Board determines that ISOs shall no longer be granted under 
the 2015 Plan), any bylaw, rule or regulation of the market system or stock exchange on which our 
common stock is then listed or admitted to trading, or any other applicable law, rule or regulation.   

No Awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan from and after April 24, 2015.   Unless 
terminated earlier by the Board, the 2015 Plan will terminate on such date (which shall not be prior to 
April 24, 2025) that all Awards under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan have been exercised or have 
terminated. 

New Plan Benefits 

The Board of Directors approved the 2015 Plan in March 2015, subject to shareholder approval.  

In the event that the 2015 Plan is approved by shareholders at the Annual Meeting, each non-employee 
director of the Corporation that is re-elected at, or continues as a director following, the Annual Meeting, 
as the case may be, automatically will receive an option to purchase shares of common stock at an 
exercise price equal to the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of the 2015 
Annual Meeting as follows: 

Name of Director 
Nicholas A. Giordano ................
Robert N. Masucci  ....................
Michael J. McKenna  .................
Philip N. Seamon  ......................
    Total ......................................

Number of 
Options 
10,000
10,000
12,000
10,000
42,000

All director options will vest in three equal, annual installments beginning one year after the date 

of grant, except that the options will become immediately exercisable upon a “change in control” as 
defined in the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan or the death or disability of the recipient, and expire ten years 
after the date of grant, unless terminated earlier by the terms of the option.   

Except as described above, no determinations have been made with respect to any other Awards 

under the 2015 Plan.   

The closing price of the common stock on March 4, 2015 was $7.76 per share, as reported on the 

Nasdaq Stock Market.   

The Board of Directors recommends that the shareholders vote for approval of the 2015 

Equity Incentive Plan. 

42 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table details information regarding the Corporation’s existing equity compensation 

plans as of December 31, 2014:   

(a) 
Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon exercise 
of outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 

(b) 
Weighted-
average exercise 
price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 

(c) 
Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column (a)) 

1,283,398 

   30,000 

$5.87 

$5.55  

216,683 

          --  

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans 

approved by security holders(1)

Equity compensation plans not 

approved by security holders(2)

Total ............................................. 

1,313,398 

$5.86 

216,683 

(1)  The amount shown in column (c) includes 175,349 shares issuable under the 2006 Equity Incentive 
Plan and 41,334 shares available for purchase under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  Under the terms 
of  the  2006  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  as  outstanding  options  under  the  Corporation’s  2001  Stock  Option 
Plan and Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan expire, the shares of common stock subject to the 
expired options will become available for issuance under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. As of December 
31,  2014,  150,800  shares  of  common  stock  were  subject  to  outstanding  options  under  the  2001  Stock 
Option  Plan  and  Non-Employee  Directors’  Stock  Option  Plan.  Accordingly,  if  any  of  these  options 
expire, the shares of common stock subject to expired options also will be available for issuance under the 
2006 Equity Incentive Plan or, if approved by shareholders, the 2015 Plan.  

(2)    Represents  shares  issuable  under  the  Non-Employee  Directors  Stock  Option  Plan,  the  (“Non-
Employee Directors Plan”), pursuant to which directors who are not employees of the Corporation or any 
of  its subsidiaries were  eligible to receive  options. The  exercise price  of the  option  was the fair  market 
value of the stock on the date of grant.  Options become exercisable in equal one-third annual installments 
beginning one year from the date of grant, except that the vesting schedule for discretionary grants was 
determined  by  the  Compensation  Committee.  As  a  result  of  the  approval  of  the  2006  Equity  Incentive 
Plan  by  the  shareholders  at  the  2006  annual  meeting  of  shareholders,  no  further  grants  will  be  made 
pursuant to the Non-Employee Directors Plan.  

43 

 
PROPOSAL 4 

RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF AUDITOR 

The Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended 

December 31, 2014 was the firm of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP (previously known as Virchow, 
Krause & Company, LLP), referred to as “Baker Tilly.”  Baker Tilly was engaged as independent auditor 
beginning in August 2005.  Services provided to the Corporation and its subsidiaries by Baker Tilly in 
2014 and 2013 are described below under “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”  The Audit 
Committee of the Board of Directors has appointed Baker Tilly to serve as the independent registered 
public accounting firm for the year ending December 31, 2015.  Shareholders will be asked to ratify this 
appointment.  Although action by the shareholders on this matter is not required, the Audit Committee 
believes it is appropriate to seek shareholder ratification of the appointment of the independent registered 
public accounting firm to provide a forum for shareholders to express their views with regard to the Audit 
Committee’s appointment.  If the shareholders do not ratify the appointment of Baker Tilly, the selection 
of independent registered public accounting firm may be reconsidered by the Audit Committee; provided 
however, the Audit Committee retains the right to continue to engage Baker Tilly.  Notwithstanding the 
ratification of Baker Tilly as the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm for the year 
ending December 31, 2015, the Audit Committee retains the right to replace Baker Tilly at any time 
without shareholder approval.  A representative of Baker Tilly is expected to be present at the Annual 
Meeting and to be available to respond to appropriate questions.  The representative will have the 
opportunity to make a statement if he or she so desires. 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Fee Information  

Fees for professional services provided by Baker Tilly, the Corporation’s independent auditor, for 

the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 in each of the following categories were: 

Services Rendered (1) 

2014 

2013 

Audit Fees.................................................................................
Audit-Related Fees ....................................................................
Tax Fees ...................................................................................
All Other Fees ...........................................................................

$212,613
12,500
—
—

$210,440
17,800
—
—

Total .........................................................................................

$225,113

$228,240

____________________________

(1) 

The aggregate fees included in Audit Fees are fees billed for the fiscal years.  The aggregate 
fees included in each of the other categories are fees billed in the fiscal years.  Does not 
include: foreign statutory audit fees of $24,900 and $28,481 for 2014 and 2013 and foreign 
tax fees of $6,132 in 2014, respectively by Baker Tilly TFW, LLC, a firm that is also an 
independent member firm of Baker Tilly International, for audits of the Corporation’s foreign 
subsidiaries. 

Audit Fees.  The audit fees for 2014 and 2013 include fees for professional services rendered for 

the audit of the Corporation’s annual financial statements included in the Corporation’s Form 10-K 
Reports, the review of the financial statements included in the Corporation’s Form 10-Q Reports, and 
professional services rendered for a required review of the Corporation’s other SEC filings.   

44 

Audit-Related Fees.  The audit-related fees for 2014 and 2013 include fees for audits of the 
Corporation’s employee benefit plan and professional services rendered for a required review of the 
Corporation’s royalty arrangements.  

All Other Fees.  There were no other fees billed for 2014 and 2013. 

Tax Fees.  We did not use Baker Tilly for domestic tax services in 2014 or 2013. 

Auditor Independence 

The Audit Committee has considered the nature of the above-listed services provided by Baker 
Tilly and determined that the provisions of the services are compatible with Baker Tilly maintaining its 
independence.   

Pre-Approval Policy 

The Audit Committee has established pre-approval policies and procedures pursuant to which the 
Audit Committee pre-approved the foregoing audit and permissible non-audit services provided by Baker 
Tilly in 2014.   

Audit Committee Report 

The Audit Committee has prepared the following report on its activities with respect to the 
Corporation’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014, which are 
referred to herein as the Corporation’s audited consolidated financial statements: 

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the audited consolidated financial 
statements with management. 

The Audit Committee has discussed with Baker Tilly, the Corporation’s independent 
auditors, the matters required to be discussed by Auditing Standard No. 16, as issued by 
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. 

The Audit Committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from Baker Tilly 
required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
regarding the independent accountant’s communications with the Audit Committees 
concerning independence, and has discussed with Baker Tilly their independence. 

Based on the review and discussions referred to above, the Audit Committee has 
recommended to the Board of Directors that the audited consolidated financial statements 
be included in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2014, for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

The Audit Committee: 

Nicholas A. Giordano, Chairman 
Michael J. McKenna  

Robert N. Masucci  
Philip N. Seamon 

The Board of Directors recommends that shareholders vote “FOR” ratification of the 
appointment of Baker Tilly as the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm for 
2015.  

45 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Corporation’s executive 

officers and directors and persons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of the 
Corporation’s equity securities (collectively, the “reporting persons”) to file reports of ownership and 
changes in ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission and to furnish the Corporation with 
copies of these reports. 

Based on the Corporation’s review of the copies of these reports received by it and written 
representations, if any, received from reporting persons with respect to the filing of reports of Forms 3, 4 
and 5, the Corporation believes that all filings required to be made by the reporting persons for fiscal year 
2014 were made on a timely basis. 

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 2016 ANNUAL MEETING 

Under the Corporation’s bylaws, shareholder proposals with respect to the 2016 Annual Meeting 

of Shareholders, including nominations for directors, which have not been previously approved by the 
Board of Directors, must be submitted to the Secretary of the Corporation no later than November 9, 
2015.  Any such proposals must be in writing and sent either by personal delivery, nationally recognized 
express mail or United States mail, postage prepaid to Corporate Secretary, IntriCon Corporation, 1260 
Red Fox Road, Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112.  Each nomination or proposal must include the 
information required by the bylaws.  All late or nonconforming nominations and proposals may be 
rejected by the officer presiding at the meeting.   

Shareholder proposals for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders must be submitted to the 

Corporation by November 9, 2015 to receive consideration for inclusion in the Corporation’s Proxy 
Statement relating to the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  Any such proposal must also comply 
with SEC proxy rules, including SEC Rule 14a-8, and any applicable requirements set forth in the bylaws.   

In addition, shareholders are notified that the deadline for providing the Corporation timely notice 

of any shareholder proposal to be submitted outside of the Rule 14a-8 process for consideration at the 
Corporation’s 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is November 9, 2015.  As to all such matters which 
the Corporation does not have notice on or prior to November 9, 2015, discretionary authority shall be 
granted to the persons designated in the Corporation’s Proxy related to the 2016 Annual Meeting of 
shareholders to vote on such proposal. 

ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS 

A copy of the Corporation’s 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 

2014 as filed with the SEC is being made available to each shareholder with this Proxy Statement.  

The Corporation files reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, referred to as the “SEC.”  Copies of these documents may be obtained at the SEC’s public 
reference room in Washington, D.C.  The Corporation’s SEC filings are also available on the SEC’s web 
site at http://www.sec.gov.   

EACH SHAREHOLDER CAN OBTAIN A COPY OF THE CORPORATION’S ANNUAL 

REPORT ON FORM 10-K, INCLUDING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL 
SCHEDULES FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AS FILED WITH THE SEC, 
WITHOUT CHARGE EXCEPT FOR EXHIBITS TO THE REPORT, BY SENDING A 

46 

WRITTEN REQUEST TO: INTRICON CORPORATION, 1260 RED FOX ROAD, ARDEN 
HILLS, MINNESOTA 55112 ATTN: SCOTT LONGVAL. 

HOUSEHOLDING 

In order to reduce printing costs and postage fees, the Corporation has adopted the process called 
“householding” for mailing its annual report and proxy statement to “street name holders,” which refers to 
shareholders whose shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee. This 
means that street name holders who share the same last name and address will receive only one copy of 
the Corporation’s annual report and proxy statement, unless the Corporation receives contrary instructions 
from a street name holder at that address. The Corporation will continue to mail a proxy card to each 
shareholder of record who requests it. 

The Corporation will promptly deliver separate copies of the Corporation’s proxy statement and 

annual report upon written or oral request. If you prefer to receive multiple copies of the Corporation’s 
proxy statement and annual report at the same address, you may obtain additional copies by writing to 
IntriCon Corporation, Attention: Scott Longval, Chief Financial Officer, 1260 Red Fox Road, Arden 
Hills, Minnesota 55112 or by calling Mr. Longval at (651) 604-9526.  Eligible shareholders of record 
receiving multiple copies of the annual report and proxy statement can request householding by 
contacting the Corporation in the same manner.  

OTHER MATTERS 

The Corporation is not presently aware of any matters (other than procedural matters) that will be 

brought before the Meeting which are not reflected in the attached Notice of the Meeting.  The 
accompanying proxy confers discretionary authority to vote with respect to any and all of the following 
matters that may come before the Meeting: (i) matters which the Corporation did not receive notice by 
November 18, 2014 were to be presented at the Meeting; (ii) approval of the minutes of a prior meeting of 
shareholders, if such approval does not amount to ratification of the action taken at the meeting; (iii) the 
election of any person to any office for which a bona fide nominee named in this Proxy Statement is 
unable to serve or for good cause will not serve; (iv) any proposal omitted from this Proxy Statement and 
the form of proxy pursuant to Rules 14a-8 or 14a-9 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (v) 
matters incident to the conduct of the Meeting.  In connection with such matters, the persons named in the 
accompanying proxy will vote in accordance with their best judgment. 

Scott Longval 
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer  
and Secretary  

47 

Management
Mark S. Gorder
President and Chief Executive Officer

Legal Counsel
Blank Rome LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

J. Scott Longval
Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer

Auditors

Michael P. Geraci
Vice President, Sales and Marketing

Greg Gruenhagen
Vice President, Quality and Regulatory Affairs

Dennis L. Gonsior
Vice President, Global Operations

Delain Wright
Vice President, Business Development,
Value Hearing Health

Directors
Michael J. McKenna
Chairman of the Board of IntriCon Corporation,
Retired Vice Chairman, 
President and Director, 
Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc.

Nicholas A. Giordano
Business Consultant, 
Former President and CEO
Philadelphia Stock Exchange

Mark S. Gorder
President and Chief Executive Officer, 
IntriCon Corporation

Robert N. Masucci
Chairman of Barclay Brand Corporation 
Chairman, Montgomery Capital Advisors, Inc.

Philip N. Seamon
President, Philip N. Seamon, Inc.
Retired Senior Managing Director,
Corporate Finance, 
FTI Consulting, Inc.

Baker Tilly Virchow Krause
Minneapolis, Minnesota

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Broadridge
1115 Long Island Avenue
Edgewood, NY 11717
1.800.733.1121
www.broadridge.com

Locations
IntriCon Corporation Headquarters
1260 Red Fox Road
Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112
Phone: 651.636.9770
Fax: 651.636.8944
www.intricon.com

IntriCon Datrix Corporation
340 State Place
Escondido, California 92029

IntriCon PTE LTD
Admirax Building #02-01 to 06
8 Admiralty Street
Singapore 757438

IntriCon Gmbh
Kesselschmiedstr. 10
D-75354 Freising, Germany 

PT IntriCon Indonesia 
Batam Indo Industrial Park 
Lot 202 Level 1 
Mukakuming, Batam, Indonesia 29433

IntriCon Corporation 
1260 Red Fox Road
Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112

Phone: 651.636.9770
Fax: 651.636.8944
intricon.com